Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 26401:9457656ded8b
(QCuser_data): Removed.
(syms_of_xfns): Initialization of QCuser_data removed.
(parse_image_spec): Don't handle :user-data specially. Allow
unknown keys. Remove parameter ALLOW_OTHER_KEYS.
(xbm_image_p, xbm_load, xpm_image_p, pbm_image_p, png_image_p)
(tiff_image_p, jpeg_image_p, gif_image_p, gs_image_p): Call
parse_image_spec accordingly.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 10 Nov 1999 22:05:36 +0000 |
parents | cac2b0da7b3a |
children | 8dbcefccbde4 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
25876 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files |
2 | |
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | |
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF | |
6 ;; Keywords: internal | |
7 | |
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
9 | |
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
13 ;; any later version. | |
14 | |
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details. | |
19 | |
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | |
24 | |
25 ;;; ********************************************************************** | |
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here. | |
27 ;;; | |
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them | |
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you | |
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el | |
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example, | |
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload | |
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....) | |
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar) | |
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload | |
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\ | |
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.") | |
38 ;;; | |
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el. | |
40 ;;; | |
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the | |
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified. | |
43 ;;; ********************************************************************** | |
44 | |
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el). | |
46 | |
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing | |
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l) | |
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file. | |
50 | |
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^]*" "\\1" | |
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max)) | |
53 | |
25998 | 54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
58 | |
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
60 Play 5x5. | |
61 | |
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
63 squares you must fill the grid. | |
64 | |
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
66 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
68 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
69 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
70 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
71 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
79 | |
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
82 | |
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
85 | |
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
88 | |
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
91 mutating the result." t nil) | |
92 | |
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
95 | |
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
100 | |
101 ;;;*** | |
102 | |
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
104 ;;;;;; (14332 44838)) | |
25876 | 105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
106 | |
25998 | 107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
108 Add a new set of extensions to the ones recognized by ada-mode. | |
109 The addition is done so that `goto-other-file' works as expected" nil nil) | |
110 | |
25876 | 111 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
112 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
113 | |
114 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
115 | |
116 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
117 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
118 | |
119 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
120 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
121 | |
122 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
123 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
124 | |
25998 | 125 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 126 |
127 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
128 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
129 | |
130 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
131 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
132 | |
133 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
134 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
135 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
136 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
137 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
138 | |
139 If you use imenu.el: | |
140 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
141 | |
142 If you use find-file.el: | |
143 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
144 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
145 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
146 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 147 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 148 |
149 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
150 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
151 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
25998 | 152 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil) |
153 | |
154 ;;;*** | |
155 | |
156 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
157 ;;;;;; (14344 1074)) |
25998 | 158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
159 | |
160 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
161 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 162 |
163 ;;;*** | |
164 | |
165 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window | |
166 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name | |
167 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" | |
25998 | 168 ;;;;;; (14263 33398)) |
25876 | 169 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
170 | |
171 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
172 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
173 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.") | |
174 | |
175 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
176 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
177 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
178 | |
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
180 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
181 | |
182 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
183 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
184 | |
185 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
186 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
187 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
188 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
189 | |
190 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
191 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
192 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
193 | |
194 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
195 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil) | |
196 | |
197 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
198 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
199 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
200 name and site. | |
201 | |
202 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
203 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
204 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
205 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
206 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
207 | |
208 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
209 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
210 | |
211 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
212 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
213 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
214 name and site. | |
215 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
216 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
217 | |
218 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
219 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
220 | |
221 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
222 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
223 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
224 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
225 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
226 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
227 | |
228 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
229 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
230 | |
231 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
232 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
233 | |
234 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
235 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
236 | |
237 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
238 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
239 | |
240 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
241 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran. | |
242 | |
243 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
244 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
245 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable | |
246 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'. | |
247 | |
248 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
249 | |
250 ;;;*** | |
251 | |
252 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
25998 | 253 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14260 |
254 ;;;;;; 59541)) | |
25876 | 255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
256 | |
257 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
258 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
259 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
260 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
261 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
262 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
263 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
264 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
265 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
266 interpreted as `error'.") | |
267 | |
268 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
269 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
270 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
271 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
272 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
273 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will | |
274 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
275 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") | |
276 | |
277 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
278 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. | |
279 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified | |
280 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
281 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
282 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
283 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
284 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
285 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
286 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be | |
287 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id | |
288 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
289 | |
290 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
291 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). | |
292 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: | |
293 | |
294 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
295 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
296 BODY... ) | |
297 | |
298 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
299 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
300 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
301 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
302 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
303 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
304 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
305 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
306 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
307 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
308 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
309 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
310 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
311 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
312 | |
313 Semantics of the various flags: | |
314 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
315 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
316 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
317 | |
318 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
319 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
320 | |
321 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
322 advised function should be compiled. | |
323 | |
324 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used | |
325 during activation until somebody enables it. | |
326 | |
327 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
328 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
329 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
330 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
331 | |
332 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
333 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
334 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
335 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
336 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
337 during preloading. | |
338 | |
339 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) | |
340 | |
341 ;;;*** | |
342 | |
343 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
344 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14344 981)) |
25876 | 345 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el |
346 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) | |
347 | |
348 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
349 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
350 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
351 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
352 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
353 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
354 | |
355 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
356 | |
357 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
358 | |
359 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
360 | |
361 ;;;*** | |
362 | |
363 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary | |
364 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
365 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
25998 | 366 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14063 14999)) |
25876 | 367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
368 | |
369 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
370 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
371 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
372 as the first thing on a line.") | |
373 | |
374 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
375 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
376 | |
377 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
378 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
379 | |
380 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
381 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
382 | |
383 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
384 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
385 | |
386 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
387 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
388 | |
389 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
390 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
391 | |
392 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
393 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
394 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
395 | |
396 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
397 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE. | |
398 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) | |
399 | |
400 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
401 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
402 | |
403 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil) | |
404 | |
405 ;;;*** | |
406 | |
407 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
25998 | 408 ;;;;;; apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14306 39373)) |
25876 | 409 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
410 | |
411 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ | |
412 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
413 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
414 normal variables." t nil) | |
415 | |
416 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
417 | |
418 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
419 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP. | |
420 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
421 noninteractive functions. | |
422 | |
423 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
424 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
425 | |
426 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
427 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP. | |
428 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound | |
429 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming. | |
430 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
431 | |
432 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
433 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP. | |
434 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
435 at the function and at the names and values of properties. | |
436 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
437 | |
438 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
439 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP. | |
440 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
441 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | |
442 bindings. | |
443 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
444 | |
445 ;;;*** | |
446 | |
447 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 448 ;;;;;; 32602)) |
25876 | 449 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
450 | |
451 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
452 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
453 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
454 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
455 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
456 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
457 | |
458 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
459 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
460 archive. | |
461 | |
462 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
463 | |
464 ;;;*** | |
465 | |
25998 | 466 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851)) |
25876 | 467 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
468 | |
469 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
470 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
471 | |
472 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
473 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
474 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
475 | |
476 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. | |
477 | |
478 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
479 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, | |
480 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. | |
481 | |
482 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
483 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
484 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
485 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
486 The variables are: | |
487 | |
488 Variables you assign: | |
489 max-row: The number of rows in the array. | |
490 max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
491 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
492 field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
493 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
494 row numbers in the buffer. | |
495 | |
496 Variables which are calculated: | |
497 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. | |
498 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
499 | |
500 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
501 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
502 | |
503 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
504 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
505 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
506 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
507 | |
508 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
509 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
510 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
511 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
512 | |
513 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
514 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
515 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
516 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
517 | |
518 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
519 between that of point and mark. | |
520 | |
521 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
522 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
523 | |
524 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
525 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
526 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
527 newlines inside rows) | |
528 | |
529 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
530 | |
531 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
532 | |
533 ;;;*** | |
534 | |
25998 | 535 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286 |
536 ;;;;;; 393)) | |
25876 | 537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
538 | |
539 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
540 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
541 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
542 | |
543 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
544 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
545 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
546 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
547 | |
548 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
549 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
550 | |
551 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
552 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
553 | |
554 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
555 | |
556 Special commands: | |
557 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
558 " t nil) | |
559 | |
560 ;;;*** | |
561 | |
562 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" | |
25998 | 563 ;;;;;; (14292 6861)) |
25876 | 564 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
565 | |
566 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 567 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 568 |
569 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 570 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 571 |
572 ;;;*** | |
573 | |
574 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) | |
25998 | 575 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14118 1767)) |
25876 | 576 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
577 | |
578 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
579 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
580 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) | |
581 | |
582 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
586 | |
587 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
588 Toggle auto-insert mode. | |
589 With prefix ARG, turn auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
590 Returns the new status of auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
591 | |
592 When auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
593 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) | |
594 | |
595 ;;;*** | |
596 | |
597 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
598 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
25998 | 599 ;;;;;; (14288 24683)) |
25876 | 600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
601 | |
602 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
603 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
604 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
605 | |
606 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
607 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
608 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
609 | |
610 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
611 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
612 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
613 | |
614 ;;;*** | |
615 | |
616 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
25998 | 617 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14256 9423)) |
25876 | 618 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
619 | |
25998 | 620 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
621 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
622 | |
623 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
624 instead.") | |
625 | |
25876 | 626 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
627 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
628 | |
629 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
630 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
631 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
632 | |
633 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
634 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
635 | |
636 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
637 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
638 | |
639 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
640 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
641 | |
642 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
643 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
644 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
645 | |
646 ;;;*** | |
647 | |
25998 | 648 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263 |
649 ;;;;;; 35271)) | |
25876 | 650 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
651 | |
652 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ | |
653 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
654 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
655 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
656 | |
657 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish' | |
658 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | |
659 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
660 | |
661 Effects of the different modes: | |
662 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | |
663 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
664 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
665 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
666 a random distance & direction. | |
667 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
668 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
669 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
670 | |
671 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
672 | |
673 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
674 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
675 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
676 | |
677 ;;;*** | |
678 | |
679 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549 | |
25998 | 680 ;;;;;; 39413)) |
25876 | 681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
682 | |
683 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
684 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
685 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
686 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
687 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
688 | |
689 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
690 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
691 | |
692 ;;;*** | |
693 | |
694 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
25998 | 695 ;;;;;; (13607 52347)) |
25876 | 696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
697 | |
698 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
699 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
700 | |
701 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
702 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
703 | |
704 For example: | |
705 | |
706 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
707 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
708 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
709 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
710 | |
711 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
712 | |
713 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
714 | |
715 ;;;*** | |
716 | |
717 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
25998 | 718 ;;;;;; (13599 8729)) |
25876 | 719 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
720 | |
721 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
722 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
723 The text beeing displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables | |
724 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) | |
725 | |
726 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
727 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
728 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
729 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
730 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
731 seconds." t nil) | |
732 | |
733 ;;;*** | |
734 | |
25998 | 735 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14281 |
736 ;;;;;; 42004)) | |
25876 | 737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
738 | |
739 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
740 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
741 | |
742 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
743 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
744 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
745 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
746 message. | |
747 | |
748 | |
749 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
750 | |
751 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
752 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
753 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
754 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
755 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
756 | |
757 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
758 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
759 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
760 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
761 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
762 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
763 | |
764 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
765 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
766 BibTeX mode. | |
767 | |
768 | |
769 Special information: | |
770 | |
771 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
772 | |
773 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
774 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
775 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
776 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
777 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
778 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
779 current field. | |
780 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
781 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
782 | |
783 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
784 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
785 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
786 bibtex-entry-format. | |
787 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
788 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
789 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
790 | |
791 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
792 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
793 | |
794 The following may be of interest as well: | |
795 | |
796 Functions: | |
797 bibtex-entry | |
798 bibtex-kill-entry | |
799 bibtex-yank-pop | |
800 bibtex-pop-previous | |
801 bibtex-pop-next | |
802 bibtex-complete-string | |
803 bibtex-complete-key | |
804 bibtex-print-help-message | |
805 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
806 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
807 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
808 bibtex-reposition-window | |
809 bibtex-mark-entry | |
810 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
811 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
812 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
813 bibtex-hide-entry-bodies | |
814 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
815 bibtex-validate | |
816 bibtex-count | |
817 bibtex-fill-entry | |
818 bibtex-reformat | |
819 bibtex-convert-alien | |
820 | |
821 Variables: | |
822 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
823 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
824 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
825 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
826 bibtex-entry-format | |
827 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
828 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
829 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
830 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
831 bibtex-string-files | |
832 | |
833 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
834 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
835 non-nil. | |
836 | |
837 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
838 | |
839 ;;;*** | |
840 | |
841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 842 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
844 | |
845 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
846 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
847 the default is 4. | |
848 | |
849 What is blackbox? | |
850 | |
851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
856 your score. | |
857 | |
858 Overview of play: | |
859 | |
860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
862 four. | |
863 | |
864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
865 movement keys. | |
866 | |
867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
869 | |
870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
872 | |
873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
879 | |
880 Details: | |
881 | |
882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
883 | |
884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
887 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
888 | |
889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
891 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
892 | |
893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
895 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
896 | |
897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
898 example. | |
899 | |
900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
906 ray. | |
907 | |
908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
909 degree deflection it causes. | |
910 | |
911 1 | |
912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
920 2 3 | |
921 | |
922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
924 | |
925 | |
926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
934 | |
935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
941 emerging from the box. | |
942 | |
943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
944 | |
945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
953 | |
954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
955 a reflection." t nil) | |
956 | |
957 ;;;*** | |
958 | |
959 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
960 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
961 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
962 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
963 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
25998 | 964 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14152 30496)) |
25876 | 965 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
966 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
967 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
968 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
969 | |
970 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
971 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
972 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
973 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
974 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
975 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
976 | |
977 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
978 | |
979 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
980 | |
981 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
982 | |
983 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
984 | |
985 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
986 | |
987 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
988 | |
989 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
990 | |
991 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
992 | |
993 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
994 | |
995 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
996 | |
997 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
998 | |
999 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1000 | |
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1002 | |
1003 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1004 | |
1005 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1006 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1007 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1008 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1009 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1010 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1011 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1012 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1013 recent one. | |
1014 | |
1015 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1016 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1017 yank successive words. | |
1018 | |
1019 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1020 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1021 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1022 name of the file being visited. | |
1023 | |
1024 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1025 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1026 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1027 | |
1028 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1029 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1030 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1031 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1032 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1033 this. | |
1034 | |
1035 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1036 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1037 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1038 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1039 | |
1040 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1041 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1042 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1043 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1044 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1045 | |
1046 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1047 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1048 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1049 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1050 | |
1051 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1052 | |
1053 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1057 | |
1058 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1059 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1060 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1061 | |
1062 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1063 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1064 name." t nil) | |
1065 | |
1066 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1067 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1068 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1069 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1070 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1071 this." t nil) | |
1072 | |
1073 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1074 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1075 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1076 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1077 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1078 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1079 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1080 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1081 | |
1082 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1083 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1084 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1085 | |
1086 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1087 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1088 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1089 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1090 \(second argument). | |
1091 | |
1092 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1093 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1094 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1095 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1096 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1097 | |
1098 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1099 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1100 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1101 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1102 | |
1103 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1104 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1105 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1106 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1107 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1108 while loading. | |
1109 | |
1110 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1111 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1112 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1113 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1114 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1115 explicitly. | |
1116 | |
1117 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1118 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1119 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1120 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1121 | |
1122 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1123 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1124 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1125 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1126 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1127 | |
1128 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1129 | |
1130 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1131 | |
1132 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1137 this. | |
1138 | |
1139 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1140 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1141 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1142 | |
1143 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1144 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1145 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1146 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1147 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1148 this. | |
1149 | |
1150 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1151 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1152 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1153 | |
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1155 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1156 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1157 | |
1158 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1159 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1160 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1161 | |
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1163 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1164 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1165 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1166 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1167 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1168 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1169 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1170 | |
1171 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1172 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1173 name. | |
1174 | |
1175 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1176 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1177 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1178 | |
1179 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1180 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1181 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1182 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1183 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1184 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1185 | |
1186 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1187 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1188 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1189 | |
1190 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1191 | |
1192 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1193 | |
1194 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1195 | |
1196 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1197 | |
1198 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1199 | |
1200 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1201 | |
1202 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1203 | |
1204 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1205 | |
1206 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1207 | |
1208 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1209 | |
1210 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1211 | |
1212 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1213 | |
1214 ;;;*** | |
1215 | |
1216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1217 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
1219 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse | |
1220 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1221 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1222 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p | |
1223 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
1224 ;;;;;; (14344 983)) |
25876 | 1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el |
1226 | |
1227 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1228 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1229 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1230 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1231 | |
1232 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1233 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1234 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1235 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1236 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1237 | |
1238 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1239 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1240 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1241 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1242 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1243 | |
1244 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1245 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1246 | |
1247 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1248 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1249 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1250 | |
1251 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1252 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1253 | |
1254 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1255 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1256 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1257 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1258 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1259 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1260 | |
1261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1262 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1263 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1264 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1265 narrowed." t nil) | |
1266 | |
1267 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1268 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1269 | |
1270 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1271 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1272 | |
1273 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1274 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1275 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1277 | |
1278 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1279 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1280 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1281 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1282 | |
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1284 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1285 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1286 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1287 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1288 to use." t nil) | |
1289 | |
1290 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1291 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1292 | |
1293 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1294 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1295 | |
1296 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1297 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1298 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1299 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1300 | |
1301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1303 | |
1304 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1305 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1306 | |
1307 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1308 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1309 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1310 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1311 | |
1312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1313 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1316 | |
1317 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1318 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1319 | |
1320 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1321 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1322 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1323 | |
1324 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1325 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1326 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1327 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1328 | |
1329 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1330 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1331 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1332 | |
1333 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1334 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1335 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1336 | |
1337 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1338 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1339 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1340 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1341 | |
1342 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1343 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1344 | |
1345 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1346 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1347 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1348 | |
1349 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1350 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1351 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1352 | |
1353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1354 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1355 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1356 | |
1357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1359 | |
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1361 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1362 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1363 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1364 | |
1365 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1366 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1367 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1368 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1369 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1370 | |
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1372 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1373 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1374 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1375 | |
1376 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1377 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1378 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1379 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1380 | |
1381 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1382 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1383 | |
1384 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1385 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1386 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1387 | |
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1389 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1390 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1391 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1392 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1393 current one. | |
1394 | |
1395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1396 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1397 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1398 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1399 | |
1400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1402 | |
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1404 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1405 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1406 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1407 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1408 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1409 | |
1410 ;;;*** | |
1411 | |
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1413 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1415 | |
1416 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1417 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1418 | |
1419 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1420 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1421 | |
1422 ;;;*** | |
1423 | |
1424 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile | |
1425 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1426 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
25998 | 1427 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14297 56999)) |
25876 | 1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1429 | |
1430 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1431 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1432 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1433 | |
1434 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1435 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1436 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1437 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1438 | |
1439 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1440 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1441 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1442 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1443 | |
1444 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1445 | |
1446 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1447 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1448 | |
1449 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1450 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1451 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1452 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1453 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1454 | |
1455 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1456 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1457 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1458 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1459 | |
1460 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1461 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1462 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1463 | |
1464 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1465 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1466 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1467 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1468 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1469 all functions called by those functions. | |
1470 | |
1471 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1472 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1473 cons, etc.). | |
1474 | |
1475 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1476 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1477 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1478 | |
1479 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1480 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1481 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1482 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1483 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1484 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1485 | |
1486 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1487 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1488 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1489 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1490 | |
1491 ;;;*** | |
1492 | |
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1495 | |
1496 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1497 | |
1498 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1499 | |
1500 ;;;*** | |
1501 | |
1502 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1503 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1504 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1505 | |
1506 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1507 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1508 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1509 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1510 | |
1511 ;;;*** | |
1512 | |
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays | |
1514 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1515 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1516 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1517 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1518 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1519 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1520 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1521 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1522 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1523 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1524 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1525 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
25876 | 1526 ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-in-calendar number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially |
1527 ;;;;;; calendar-offset calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
25998 | 1528 ;;;;;; (14279 65171)) |
25876 | 1529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1530 | |
1531 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1532 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1533 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1534 | |
1535 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1536 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1537 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1538 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1539 the screen.") | |
1540 | |
1541 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1542 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1543 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1544 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1545 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1546 | |
1547 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1548 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
1549 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used, | |
1550 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
1551 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1552 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1553 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1554 | |
1555 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1556 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1557 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1558 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1559 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1560 | |
1561 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1562 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1563 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1564 | |
1565 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1566 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1567 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1568 | |
1569 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ | |
1570 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1571 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1572 displayed.") | |
1573 | |
1574 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1575 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1576 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1577 | |
1578 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1579 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1580 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1581 | |
1582 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1583 | |
1584 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1585 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1586 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1587 | |
1588 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1589 calendar.") | |
1590 | |
1591 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1592 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1593 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1594 | |
1595 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1596 calendar.") | |
1597 | |
1598 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1599 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1600 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1601 | |
1602 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1603 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1604 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1605 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1606 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1607 | |
1608 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1609 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1610 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1611 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1612 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1613 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1614 a function is also provided for this: | |
1615 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1616 | |
1617 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1618 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1619 date is not visible in the window. | |
1620 | |
1621 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1622 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1623 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1624 | |
1625 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1626 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1627 | |
1628 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1629 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1630 date is visible in the window. | |
1631 | |
1632 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1633 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1634 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1635 | |
25998 | 1636 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1637 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1638 | |
1639 For example, | |
1640 | |
1641 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1642 | |
1643 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1644 | |
25876 | 1645 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1646 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1647 | |
1648 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1649 | |
1650 MONTH/DAY | |
1651 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1652 MONTHNAME DAY | |
1653 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1654 DAYNAME | |
1655 | |
1656 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1657 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1658 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1659 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1660 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1661 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1662 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1663 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1664 respectively. | |
1665 | |
1666 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1667 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1668 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1669 | |
1670 DAY/MONTH | |
1671 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1672 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1673 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1674 DAYNAME | |
1675 | |
1676 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1677 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1678 | |
1679 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1680 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1681 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1682 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1683 | |
1684 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1685 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1686 | |
1687 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1688 entries (in the default American style): | |
1689 | |
1690 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1691 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1692 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1693 21: Payday | |
1694 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1695 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1696 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1697 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1698 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1699 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1700 &* 15 time cards due. | |
1701 | |
1702 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1703 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1704 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1705 single diary entry | |
1706 | |
1707 02/11/1989 | |
1708 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1709 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1710 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1711 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1712 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1713 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1714 | |
1715 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1716 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1717 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1718 | |
1719 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1720 | |
1721 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1722 | |
1723 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1724 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1725 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1726 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1727 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1728 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1729 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1730 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1731 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1732 | |
1733 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1734 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1735 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1736 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1737 for these functions for details. | |
1738 | |
1739 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1740 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1741 | |
1742 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1743 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1744 | |
1745 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1746 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1747 | |
1748 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1749 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1750 | |
1751 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1752 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1753 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1754 | |
1755 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
1756 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file. | |
1757 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
1758 | |
1759 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1760 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1761 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1762 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1763 | |
1764 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1765 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1766 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1767 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
1768 | |
1769 DAY/MONTH | |
1770 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1771 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1772 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1773 DAYNAME | |
1774 | |
1775 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
1776 characters with or without a period.") | |
1777 | |
1778 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
1779 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
1780 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1781 | |
25998 | 1782 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 1783 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
1784 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1785 | |
1786 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
1787 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
1788 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
1789 | |
1790 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
1791 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
1792 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
1793 | |
1794 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
1795 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
1796 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
1797 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
1798 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
1799 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
1800 | |
1801 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1802 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
1803 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
1804 | |
1805 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
1806 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1807 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1808 of the form | |
1809 | |
1810 #include \"filename\" | |
1811 | |
1812 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1813 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
1814 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
1815 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1816 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
1817 | |
1818 For example, you could use | |
1819 | |
1820 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
1821 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
1822 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
1823 | |
1824 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
1825 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
1826 lexicographic order.") | |
1827 | |
1828 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
1829 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
1830 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
1831 | |
1832 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
1833 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
1834 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
1835 diary display. | |
1836 | |
1837 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
1838 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
1839 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
1840 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
1841 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
1842 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
1843 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
1844 | |
1845 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
1846 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
1847 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
1848 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
1849 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
1850 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
1851 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
1852 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
1853 | |
1854 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
1855 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
1856 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1857 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1858 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1859 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1860 | |
1861 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1862 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
1863 | |
1864 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
1865 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1866 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1867 of the form | |
1868 #include \"filename\" | |
1869 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1870 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
1871 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
1872 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1873 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1874 | |
1875 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
1876 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
1877 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1878 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1879 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1880 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1881 | |
1882 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
1883 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
1884 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
1885 are holidays.") | |
1886 | |
1887 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
1888 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
1889 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
1890 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
1891 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
1892 | |
1893 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1894 | |
1895 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
1896 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
1897 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1898 | |
1899 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1900 | |
1901 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
1902 *Oriental holidays. | |
1903 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1904 | |
1905 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1906 | |
1907 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
1908 *Local holidays. | |
1909 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1910 | |
1911 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1912 | |
1913 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
1914 *User defined holidays. | |
1915 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1916 | |
1917 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1918 | |
1919 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
1920 | |
1921 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1922 | |
1923 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
1924 | |
1925 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1926 | |
1927 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
1928 | |
1929 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1930 | |
1931 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
1932 | |
1933 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1934 | |
1935 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
1936 *Jewish holidays. | |
1937 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1938 | |
1939 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1940 | |
1941 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
1942 *Christian holidays. | |
1943 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1944 | |
1945 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1946 | |
1947 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
1948 *Islamic holidays. | |
1949 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1950 | |
1951 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1952 | |
1953 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
1954 *Sun-related holidays. | |
1955 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1956 | |
1957 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1958 | |
1959 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
1960 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
1961 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
1962 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
1963 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
1964 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
1965 | |
1966 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
1967 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
1968 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
1969 | |
1970 ;;;*** | |
1971 | |
25998 | 1972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14015 5699)) |
25876 | 1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
1974 | |
1975 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
1976 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
1977 | |
1978 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
1979 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
1980 | |
1981 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
1982 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
1983 | |
1984 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
1985 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
1986 | |
1987 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
1988 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
1989 | |
1990 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
1991 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
1992 | |
1993 ;;;*** | |
1994 | |
1995 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
1996 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 1997 ;;;;;; (14015 5739)) |
25876 | 1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
1999 | |
2000 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2001 | |
2002 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2007 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2008 | |
2009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2010 | |
2011 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2012 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2013 run first. | |
2014 | |
2015 Key bindings: | |
2016 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2017 | |
2018 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2019 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2020 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2021 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2022 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2023 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2024 message. | |
2025 | |
2026 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2027 | |
2028 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2029 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2030 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2031 | |
2032 Key bindings: | |
2033 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2034 | |
2035 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2036 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2037 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2038 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2039 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2040 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2041 message. | |
2042 | |
2043 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2044 | |
2045 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2046 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2047 is run first. | |
2048 | |
2049 Key bindings: | |
2050 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2051 | |
2052 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2053 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2054 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2055 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2056 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2057 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2058 message. | |
2059 | |
2060 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2061 | |
2062 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2063 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2064 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2065 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2066 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2067 | |
2068 Key bindings: | |
2069 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2070 | |
2071 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2072 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2073 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2074 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2075 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2076 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2077 message. | |
2078 | |
2079 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2080 | |
2081 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2082 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2083 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2084 | |
2085 Key bindings: | |
2086 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2087 | |
2088 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2089 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2092 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2094 message. | |
2095 | |
2096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2097 | |
2098 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2099 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2100 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2101 | |
2102 Key bindings: | |
2103 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2104 | |
2105 ;;;*** | |
2106 | |
2107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
25998 | 2108 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14015 5750)) |
25876 | 2109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2110 | |
2111 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2112 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2113 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2114 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2115 for details of setting up styles. | |
2116 | |
2117 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
2118 style name." t nil) | |
2119 | |
2120 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2121 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2122 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2123 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2124 | |
2125 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2126 | |
2127 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2128 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2129 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2130 | |
2131 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2132 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2133 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
2134 offset for that syntactic element. Optional ADD says to add SYMBOL to | |
2135 `c-offsets-alist' if it doesn't already appear there." t nil) | |
2136 | |
2137 ;;;*** | |
2138 | |
25998 | 2139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14015 5758)) |
25876 | 2140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2141 | |
2142 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2143 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2144 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2145 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2146 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2147 | |
2148 XEmacs 19: (8-bit) | |
2149 XEmacs 20: (8-bit) | |
2150 Emacs 19: (1-bit) | |
2151 | |
2152 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2153 `infodock'.") | |
2154 | |
2155 ;;;*** | |
2156 | |
2157 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2158 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
25998 | 2159 ;;;;;; (14236 19568)) |
25876 | 2160 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2161 | |
2162 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2163 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2164 | |
2165 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2166 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2167 | |
2168 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2169 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2170 | |
2171 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2172 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2173 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2174 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2175 execution. | |
2176 | |
2177 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2178 | |
2179 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2180 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2181 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'. | |
2182 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro)) | |
2183 | |
2184 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2185 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2186 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2187 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2188 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2189 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2190 | |
2191 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2192 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
2193 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil) | |
2194 | |
2195 ;;;*** | |
2196 | |
2197 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2198 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2199 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2200 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2201 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2202 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2203 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2204 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
25998 | 2205 ;;;;;; (14301 26365)) |
25876 | 2206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2207 | |
2208 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2209 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2210 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2211 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2212 | |
2213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2214 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2215 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2216 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2217 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2218 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2219 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2220 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2221 | |
2222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2223 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2224 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2225 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2226 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2227 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2228 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2229 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2230 | |
2231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2232 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2233 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2234 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2235 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2236 | |
2237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2238 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2239 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2240 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2241 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2242 | |
2243 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2244 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2245 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2246 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2248 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2249 | |
2250 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2251 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2253 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2254 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2255 | |
2256 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2257 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2258 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2259 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2260 if there is one. | |
2261 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2262 | |
2263 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2264 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2265 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2266 | |
2267 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2268 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2269 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2270 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2271 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2272 | |
2273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2274 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2275 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2276 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2277 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2278 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2279 | |
2280 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2281 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2282 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2283 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2284 | |
2285 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2286 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2287 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2288 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2289 | |
2290 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2291 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2292 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2293 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2294 | |
2295 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2296 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2297 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2298 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2299 | |
2300 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2301 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2302 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2303 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2304 | |
2305 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2306 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2307 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2308 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2309 | |
2310 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2311 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2312 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2313 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2314 | |
2315 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2316 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2317 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2318 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2319 | |
2320 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2321 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2322 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2323 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2324 | |
2325 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2326 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2327 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2328 | |
2329 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2330 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2331 checking of documentation strings. | |
2332 | |
2333 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2334 | |
2335 ;;;*** | |
2336 | |
2337 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
2338 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment | |
2339 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" | |
25998 | 2340 ;;;;;; (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 2341 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2342 | |
2343 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2344 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil) | |
2345 | |
2346 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2347 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil) | |
2348 | |
2349 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2350 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil) | |
2351 | |
2352 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2353 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2354 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2355 | |
2356 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2357 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2358 | |
2359 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2360 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2361 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2362 | |
2363 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2364 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2365 | |
2366 ;;;*** | |
2367 | |
2368 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) | |
25998 | 2369 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907)) |
25876 | 2370 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2371 | |
2372 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2373 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2374 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2375 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2376 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2377 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2378 | |
2379 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2380 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2381 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2382 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2383 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2384 | |
2385 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2386 | |
2387 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\ | |
2388 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'. | |
2389 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2390 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2391 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2392 | |
2393 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2394 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2395 \\{command-history-map} | |
2396 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil. | |
2397 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil) | |
2398 | |
2399 ;;;*** | |
2400 | |
25998 | 2401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15550)) |
25876 | 2402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2403 | |
2404 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2405 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2406 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2407 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2408 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2409 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2410 | |
2411 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2412 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2413 | |
2414 ;;;*** | |
2415 | |
2416 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
2417 ;;;;;; (14347 61984)) |
25876 | 2418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2419 | |
2420 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2421 | |
2422 ;;;*** | |
2423 | |
2424 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
2425 ;;;;;; (14344 1077)) |
25876 | 2426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2427 | |
2428 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2429 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2430 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2431 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2432 | |
2433 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2434 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2435 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2436 | |
2437 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2438 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2439 | |
2440 ;;;*** | |
2441 | |
2442 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569 | |
25998 | 2443 ;;;;;; 34340)) |
25876 | 2444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2445 | |
2446 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2447 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2448 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2449 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
2450 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
2451 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
2452 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2453 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2454 | |
2455 ;;;*** | |
2456 | |
2457 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2458 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
25998 | 2459 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038)) |
25876 | 2460 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2461 | |
2462 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2463 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2464 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2465 ASCII table. | |
2466 | |
2467 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2468 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2469 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2470 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2471 | |
2472 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2473 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2474 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2475 | |
2476 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2477 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2478 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2479 | |
2480 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2481 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2482 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2483 | |
2484 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2485 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2486 | |
2487 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2488 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2489 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2490 | |
2491 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2492 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2493 | |
2494 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2495 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2496 | |
2497 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2498 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2499 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2500 | |
2501 ;;;*** | |
2502 | |
25998 | 2503 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14281 |
2504 ;;;;;; 40514)) | |
25876 | 2505 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2506 | |
2507 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
2508 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2509 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2510 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2511 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2512 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2513 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2514 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2515 | |
2516 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2517 | |
2518 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2519 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2520 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2521 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2522 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2523 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2524 | |
2525 ;;;*** | |
2526 | |
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
25998 | 2528 ;;;;;; 18289)) |
25876 | 2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2530 | |
2531 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
2532 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
2533 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
2534 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
2535 | |
2536 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
2537 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
2538 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
2539 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
2540 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
2541 | |
2542 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
2543 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
2544 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
2545 | |
2546 ;;;*** | |
2547 | |
2548 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
2549 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
2550 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
25998 | 2551 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14296 5506)) |
25876 | 2552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
2553 | |
2554 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
2555 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
2556 | |
2557 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
2558 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
2559 | |
2560 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
2561 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
2562 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
2563 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
2564 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
2565 | |
2566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
2567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
2568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
2569 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
2570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
2571 | |
2572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
2573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
2575 describing how the process finished.") | |
2576 | |
2577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
2578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
2580 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
2581 | |
2582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
2583 *If not nil, M-x compile asks which buffers to save before compiling. | |
2584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") | |
2585 | |
2586 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
2587 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
2588 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
2589 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
2590 | |
2591 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
2592 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
2593 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
2594 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
2595 | |
2596 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
2597 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
2598 | |
2599 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
2600 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
2601 | |
2602 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
2603 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
2604 Then start the next one. | |
2605 | |
2606 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
2607 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
2608 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
2609 | |
2610 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
2611 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
2612 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
2613 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
2614 where grep found matches. | |
2615 | |
2616 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2617 easily repeat a grep command. | |
2618 | |
2619 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
2620 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
2621 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
2622 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
2623 | |
2624 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
2625 Run grep via find, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
2626 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command | |
2627 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
2628 | |
2629 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2630 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
2631 | |
2632 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2633 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
2634 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
2635 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
2636 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
2637 | |
2638 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
2639 | |
2640 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2641 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
2642 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2643 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2644 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2645 | |
2646 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2647 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
2648 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2649 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2650 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2651 | |
2652 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
2653 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
2654 | |
2655 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
2656 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
2657 | |
2658 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move; | |
2659 negative means move back to previous error messages. | |
2660 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer | |
2661 and start at the first error. | |
2662 | |
2663 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
2664 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
2665 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
2666 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
2667 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
2668 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
2669 | |
2670 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
2671 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
2672 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
2673 | |
2674 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
2675 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
2676 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
2677 | |
2678 ;;;*** | |
2679 | |
2680 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | |
25998 | 2681 ;;;;;; (14254 38847)) |
25876 | 2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
2683 | |
2684 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | |
2685 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
2686 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
2687 | |
2688 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
2689 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
2690 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
2691 as much as possible. | |
2692 | |
2693 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
2694 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
2695 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
2696 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
2697 | |
2698 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
2699 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
2700 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
2701 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
2702 | |
2703 ;;;*** | |
2704 | |
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
25998 | 2706 ;;;;;; (13884 8101)) |
25876 | 2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
2708 | |
2709 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
2710 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
2711 | |
2712 ;;;*** | |
2713 | |
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) | |
25998 | 2715 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685)) |
25876 | 2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
2717 | |
2718 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
2719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
2720 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
2721 | |
2722 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
2723 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
2724 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
2725 | |
2726 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
2727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
2728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
2729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
2730 | |
2731 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
2732 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
2733 | |
2734 ;;;*** | |
2735 | |
2736 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
25998 | 2737 ;;;;;; (13940 33533)) |
25876 | 2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
2739 | |
2740 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
2741 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
2742 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
2743 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
2744 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
2745 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
2746 | |
2747 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
2748 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
2749 | |
2750 ;;;*** | |
2751 | |
2752 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
25998 | 2753 ;;;;;; (14177 62902)) |
25876 | 2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
2755 | |
2756 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
2757 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
2758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
2759 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
2760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
2761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
2762 | |
2763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
2764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
2765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
2766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
2767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
2768 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
2769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
2770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
2771 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
2772 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
2773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
2774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
2775 | |
2776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
2777 | |
2778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
2779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
2780 | |
2781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
2782 | |
2783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
2784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
2785 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
2786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
2787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
2788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
2789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
2790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
2791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
2792 | |
2793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
2794 | |
2795 bite if angry; | |
2796 | |
2797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
2798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
2799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
2800 to nil.) | |
2801 | |
2802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
2803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
2804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
2805 | |
2806 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
2807 | |
2808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
2809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
2810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
2811 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
2812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
2813 | |
2814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
2815 | |
2816 if (A) { B } | |
2817 | |
2818 into | |
2819 | |
2820 B if A; | |
2821 | |
2822 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
2823 | |
2824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
2825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
2826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
2827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
2828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
2829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
2830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
2831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
2832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
2833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
2834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
2835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
2836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
2837 | |
2838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
2839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
2840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
2841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
2842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
2843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
2844 | |
2845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
2846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
2847 man via menu. | |
2848 | |
2849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
2850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
2851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
2852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
2853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
2854 | |
2855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
2856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
2857 span the needed amount of lines. | |
2858 | |
2859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
2860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
2861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
2862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
2863 | |
2864 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
2865 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
2866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
2867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
2868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
2869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
2870 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
2871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
2872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
2873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
2874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
2875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
2876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
2877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
2878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
2879 `cperl-indent-level' | |
2880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
2881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
2882 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
2883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
2884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
2885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
2886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
2887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
2888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
2889 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
2890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
2891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
2892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
2893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
2894 `cperl-label-offset' | |
2895 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
2896 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
2897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
2898 | |
2899 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
2900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
2901 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
2902 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
2903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
2904 | |
2905 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
2906 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
2907 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
2908 \(both available from menu). | |
2909 | |
2910 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
2911 column 0 is indented on | |
2912 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
2913 | |
2914 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
2915 with no args. | |
2916 | |
2917 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
2918 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
2919 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
2920 | |
2921 ;;;*** | |
2922 | |
2923 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
2924 ;;;;;; (13826 9909)) | |
2925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el | |
2926 | |
2927 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
2928 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
2929 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
2930 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
2931 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
2932 | |
2933 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
2934 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
2935 | |
2936 ;;;*** | |
2937 | |
2938 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
25998 | 2939 ;;;;;; (14302 38178)) |
25876 | 2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
2941 | |
2942 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
2943 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
2944 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
2945 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
2946 | |
2947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
2948 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
2949 | |
2950 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
2951 | |
2952 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
2953 | |
2954 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
2955 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode. | |
2956 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) | |
2957 | |
2958 ;;;*** | |
2959 | |
2960 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all | |
2961 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
2962 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
2963 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
2964 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
2965 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
2966 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
2967 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
25998 | 2968 ;;;;;; (14325 12270)) |
25876 | 2969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
2970 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
2971 | |
2972 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
2973 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
2974 | |
2975 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
2976 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
2977 | |
2978 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 2979 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
2980 | |
2981 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 2982 |
2983 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
2984 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
2985 | |
2986 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
2987 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
2988 | |
2989 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
2990 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
2991 | |
2992 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
2993 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
2994 | |
2995 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 2996 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
2997 | |
2998 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 2999 |
3000 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3001 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3002 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3003 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3004 | |
3005 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3006 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3007 | |
3008 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3009 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3010 | |
3011 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3012 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3013 | |
3014 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3015 |
3016 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3017 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3018 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3019 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3020 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3021 | |
3022 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3023 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3024 | |
3025 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3026 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3027 | |
3028 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3029 | |
3030 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3031 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3032 | |
3033 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3034 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3035 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3036 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3037 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3038 | |
3039 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3040 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3041 version." t nil) | |
3042 | |
3043 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3044 | |
3045 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3046 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3047 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3048 | |
3049 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3050 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3051 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3052 | |
3053 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3054 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil) | |
3055 | |
3056 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3057 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3058 | |
3059 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3060 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3061 | |
3062 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3063 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3064 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3065 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3066 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3067 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3068 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3069 | |
3070 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3071 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3072 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3073 | |
3074 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3075 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3076 | |
3077 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3078 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3079 | |
3080 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3082 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3083 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3084 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3085 that option." nil nil) | |
3086 | |
3087 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3088 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3089 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3090 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3091 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3092 that option." nil nil) | |
3093 | |
3094 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3095 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3096 | |
3097 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3098 File used for storing customization information. | |
3099 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3100 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
3101 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.") | |
3102 | |
3103 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3104 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3105 | |
3106 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3107 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3108 | |
3109 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3110 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3111 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3112 | |
3113 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3114 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 3115 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 3116 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3117 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3118 | |
3119 ;;;*** | |
3120 | |
3121 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
25998 | 3122 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14300 63370)) |
25876 | 3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3124 | |
3125 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3126 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3127 | |
3128 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3129 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3130 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3131 | |
25998 | 3132 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 3133 |
3134 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3135 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 3136 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 3137 |
3138 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3139 | |
3140 ;;;*** | |
3141 | |
3142 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char | |
3143 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment | |
3144 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) | |
25998 | 3145 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 3146 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3147 | |
3148 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3149 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil) | |
3150 | |
3151 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3152 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil) | |
3153 | |
3154 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3155 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil) | |
3156 | |
3157 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3158 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3159 | |
3160 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3161 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3162 | |
3163 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3164 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3165 For readability, the table is slightly | |
3166 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3167 | |
3168 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3169 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3170 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3171 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3172 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3173 | |
3174 ;;;*** | |
3175 | |
3176 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
25998 | 3177 ;;;;;; (13833 28331)) |
25876 | 3178 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3179 | |
3180 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3181 | |
3182 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3183 | |
3184 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3185 Completion on current word. | |
3186 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3187 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3188 | |
3189 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3190 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3191 completions. | |
3192 | |
3193 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3194 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3195 | |
3196 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3197 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3198 | |
3199 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3200 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3201 | |
3202 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3203 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3204 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3205 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3206 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3207 | |
3208 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3209 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3210 | |
3211 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3212 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3213 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3214 | |
3215 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3216 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3217 | |
3218 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3219 | |
3220 ;;;*** | |
3221 | |
3222 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
3223 ;;;;;; 39004)) | |
3224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el | |
3225 | |
3226 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3227 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3228 | |
3229 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3230 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3231 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3232 | |
3233 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3234 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3235 Data lines are not indented. | |
3236 | |
3237 Key bindings: | |
3238 | |
3239 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3240 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3241 | |
3242 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3243 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3244 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3245 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3246 | |
3247 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3248 | |
3249 dcl-basic-offset | |
3250 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3251 | |
3252 dcl-continuation-offset | |
3253 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3254 | |
3255 dcl-margin-offset | |
3256 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
3257 | |
3258 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
3259 Indentation for a label. | |
3260 | |
3261 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
3262 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
3263 | |
3264 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
3265 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3266 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
3267 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
3268 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
3269 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
3270 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
3271 | |
3272 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
3273 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
3274 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
3275 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
3276 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
3277 | |
3278 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
3279 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
3280 One such function is included in the package: | |
3281 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
3282 | |
3283 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
3284 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
3285 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
3286 margin. | |
3287 | |
3288 dcl-electric-characters | |
3289 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
3290 typed. | |
3291 | |
3292 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
3293 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
3294 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
3295 | |
3296 dcl-tempo-comma | |
3297 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
3298 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
3299 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
3300 | |
3301 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
3302 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
3303 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
3304 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
3305 | |
3306 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
3307 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
3308 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
3309 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
3310 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
3311 | |
3312 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
3313 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3314 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
3315 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3316 | |
3317 | |
3318 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
3319 | |
3320 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
3321 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
3322 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
3323 $ i = 1 | |
3324 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
3325 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
3326 $ label: | |
3327 $ if i.eq.1 | |
3328 $ then | |
3329 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
3330 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3331 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
3332 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3333 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
3334 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
3335 $ type sys$input | |
3336 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
3337 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3338 $ endif | |
3339 $ | |
3340 " t nil) | |
3341 | |
3342 ;;;*** | |
3343 | |
3344 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
25998 | 3345 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14144 60075)) |
25876 | 3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
3347 | |
3348 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
3349 | |
3350 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
3351 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
3352 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
3353 of the evaluator. | |
3354 | |
3355 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
3356 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
3357 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
3358 | |
3359 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3360 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
3361 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
3362 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
3363 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
3364 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
3365 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
3366 | |
3367 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3368 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
3369 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
3370 | |
3371 ;;;*** | |
3372 | |
3373 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
25998 | 3374 ;;;;;; (13875 47403)) |
25876 | 3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
3376 | |
3377 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
3378 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
3379 | |
3380 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
3381 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
3382 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
3383 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
3384 | |
3385 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
3386 modify it. | |
3387 | |
3388 The most useful commands are: | |
3389 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
3390 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
3391 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
3392 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
3393 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
3394 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
3395 | |
3396 ;;;*** | |
3397 | |
25998 | 3398 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3399 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14344 985)) |
25998 | 3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
3401 | |
3402 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
3403 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
3404 | |
3405 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
3406 | |
3407 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
3408 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
3409 | |
3410 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
3411 | |
3412 ;;;*** | |
3413 | |
3414 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266 | |
3415 ;;;;;; 16343)) | |
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el | |
3417 | |
3418 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
3419 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
3420 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
3421 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
3422 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
3423 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
3424 | |
3425 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
3426 | |
3427 Customization: | |
3428 | |
3429 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
3430 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
3431 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
3432 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
3433 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
3434 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
3435 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
3436 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3438 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
3439 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
3440 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
3441 blank line. | |
3442 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
3443 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
3444 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
3445 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
3446 | |
3447 Coloring: | |
3448 | |
3449 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
3450 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
3451 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
3452 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
3453 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
3454 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
3455 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
3456 Face used to color everything else. | |
3457 | |
3458 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
3459 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
3460 | |
3461 ;;;*** | |
3462 | |
25876 | 3463 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel" |
25998 | 3464 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14118 1921)) |
25876 | 3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
3466 | |
3467 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
3468 | |
3469 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
3470 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3471 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
3472 positive. | |
3473 | |
3474 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
3475 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
3476 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
3477 any selection." t nil) | |
3478 | |
3479 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
3480 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3481 See command `delete-selection-mode'. | |
3482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3483 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
3484 | |
3485 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3486 | |
3487 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
3488 | |
3489 ;;;*** | |
3490 | |
3491 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) | |
25998 | 3492 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (13725 20263)) |
25876 | 3493 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
3494 | |
3495 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ | |
3496 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
3497 | |
3498 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
3499 | |
3500 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
3501 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (ie. text-mode). | |
3502 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (ie. \"Hypertext\") | |
3503 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
3504 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
3505 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
3506 hooks for the new mode. | |
3507 | |
3508 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
3509 | |
3510 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
3511 | |
3512 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
3513 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
3514 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
3515 | |
3516 On a more complicated level, the following command uses sgml-mode as | |
3517 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
3518 | |
3519 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
3520 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
3521 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
3522 | |
3523 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
3524 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
3525 | |
3526 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
3527 Initialise variables for a new mode. | |
3528 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an | |
3529 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
3530 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
3531 | |
3532 ;;;*** | |
3533 | |
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
25998 | 3535 ;;;;;; (13897 58892)) |
25876 | 3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
3537 | |
3538 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
3539 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
3540 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
3541 | |
3542 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
3543 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
3544 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
3545 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
3546 | |
3547 ;;;*** | |
3548 | |
3549 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
3550 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
3551 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
3552 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
3553 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
3554 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
3555 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" | |
25998 | 3556 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (13941 59162)) |
25876 | 3557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
3558 | |
3559 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\ | |
3560 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil) | |
3561 | |
3562 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
3563 Convert IS 13194 characters to Devanagari basic characters." nil nil) | |
3564 | |
3565 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
3566 Convert Devanagari basic characters to IS 13194 characters." nil nil) | |
3567 | |
3568 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3569 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters." t nil) | |
3570 | |
3571 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3572 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters." t nil) | |
3573 | |
3574 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
3575 Convert Indian String to Devanagari Basic Character String." nil nil) | |
3576 | |
3577 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
3578 Convert Devanagari characters in the string to Devanagari glyphs. | |
3579 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) | |
3580 | |
3581 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
3582 Decompose Devanagari glyph string STR to basic Devanagari character string." nil nil) | |
3583 | |
3584 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3585 | |
3586 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3587 | |
3588 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3589 | |
3590 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3591 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
3592 | |
3593 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3594 | |
3595 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3596 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
3597 | |
3598 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3599 | |
3600 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3601 | |
3602 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3603 | |
3604 ;;;*** | |
3605 | |
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
25998 | 3607 ;;;;;; (14293 15105)) |
25876 | 3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
3609 | |
3610 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3611 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
3612 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
3613 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
3614 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
3615 | |
3616 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3617 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
3618 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
3619 | |
3620 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
3621 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
3622 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
3623 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
3624 | |
3625 #!/bin/sh | |
3626 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
3627 emacs -batch \\ | |
3628 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
3629 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
3630 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
3631 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
3632 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
3633 | |
3634 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
3635 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
3636 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
3637 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
3638 | |
3639 ;;;*** | |
3640 | |
3641 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
25998 | 3642 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
25876 | 3643 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
3644 | |
3645 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
3646 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
3647 | |
3648 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
3649 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
3650 | |
3651 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
3652 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
3653 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
3654 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
3655 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
3656 | |
3657 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
3658 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
3659 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
3660 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
3661 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
3662 | |
3663 ;;;*** | |
3664 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3665 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" (14344 986)) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3667 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3668 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3669 Major mode for viewing context diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3670 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3671 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3672 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3673 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3675 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.\\(diffs?\\|patch\\|rej\\)\\'" . diff-mode))) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3676 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3677 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3678 |
25876 | 3679 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
3680 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
3681 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
3682 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3683 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14344 987)) |
25876 | 3684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
3685 | |
3686 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
3687 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
3688 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
3689 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
3690 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
3691 | |
3692 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
3693 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
3694 | |
3695 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
3696 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
3697 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
3698 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
3699 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
3700 | |
3701 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
3702 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
3703 | |
3704 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
3705 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
3706 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
3707 always set this variable to t.") | |
3708 | |
3709 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
3710 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
3711 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
3712 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
3713 | |
3714 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
3715 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
3716 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
3717 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
3718 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
3719 | |
3720 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
3721 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
3722 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
3723 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
3724 | |
3725 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
3726 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
3727 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
3728 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
3729 | |
3730 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
3731 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
3732 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
3733 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
3734 | |
3735 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
3736 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
3737 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
3738 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
3739 | |
3740 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
3741 | |
3742 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
3743 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
3744 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
3745 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
3746 | |
3747 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
3748 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
3749 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
3750 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
3751 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
3752 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
3753 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
3754 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
3755 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
3756 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
3757 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
3758 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
3759 | |
3760 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
3761 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
3762 | |
3763 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
3764 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
3765 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
3766 | |
3767 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
3768 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
3769 | |
3770 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
3771 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
3772 | |
3773 ;;;*** | |
3774 | |
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all | |
3776 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir | |
3777 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir | |
3778 ;;;;;; dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp | |
3779 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink-regexp dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp | |
3780 ;;;;;; dired-do-rename dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy | |
3781 ;;;;;; dired-create-directory dired-rename-file dired-copy-file | |
3782 ;;;;;; dired-relist-file dired-remove-file dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay | |
3783 ;;;;;; dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile dired-do-compress dired-compress-file | |
3784 ;;;;;; dired-do-kill-lines dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print | |
3785 ;;;;;; dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff | |
25998 | 3786 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (14305 17690)) |
25876 | 3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
3788 | |
3789 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3790 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
3791 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
3792 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
3793 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
3794 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
3795 | |
3796 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3797 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
3798 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
3799 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
3800 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
3801 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
3802 | |
3803 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3804 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
3805 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
3806 | |
3807 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3808 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
3809 | |
3810 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3811 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
3812 | |
3813 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3814 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
3815 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
3816 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
3817 | |
3818 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3819 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
3820 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
3821 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
3822 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
3823 | |
3824 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
3825 | |
3826 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
3827 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
3828 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
3829 | |
3830 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no | |
3831 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
3832 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
3833 | |
3834 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 3835 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
3836 | |
3837 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
3838 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 3839 |
3840 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3841 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
3842 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
3843 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
3844 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
3845 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
3846 | |
3847 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
3848 | |
3849 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3850 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
3851 | |
3852 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3853 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
3854 | |
3855 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3856 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
3857 | |
3858 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3859 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
3860 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
3861 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
3862 | |
3863 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
3864 | |
3865 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
3866 | |
3867 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
3868 | |
3869 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
3870 | |
3871 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
3872 | |
3873 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3874 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
3875 | |
3876 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3877 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
3878 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
3879 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
3880 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
3881 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
3882 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
3883 | |
3884 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3885 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
3886 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
3887 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
3888 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
3889 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
3890 | |
3891 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3892 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
3893 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
3894 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
3895 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
3896 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
3897 | |
3898 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3899 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
3900 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
3901 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
3902 | |
3903 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3904 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
3905 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
3906 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
3907 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
3908 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
3909 | |
3910 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
3911 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
3912 | |
3913 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3914 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
3915 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
3916 | |
3917 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3918 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
3919 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
3920 | |
3921 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3922 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
3923 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
3924 | |
3925 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3926 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
3927 | |
3928 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3929 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
3930 | |
3931 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3932 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
3933 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
3934 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
3935 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
3936 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
3937 this subdirectory. | |
3938 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
3939 | |
3940 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3941 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
3942 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
3943 | |
3944 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3945 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
3946 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
3947 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
3948 | |
3949 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3950 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
3951 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
3952 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
3953 | |
3954 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3955 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
3956 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
3957 | |
3958 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3959 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
3960 | |
3961 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3962 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
3963 | |
3964 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3965 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
3966 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
3967 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
3968 | |
3969 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3970 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
3971 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
3972 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
3973 | |
3974 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3975 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
3976 Stops when a match is found. | |
3977 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
3978 | |
3979 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\ | |
3980 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. | |
3981 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
3982 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
3983 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
3984 | |
3985 ;;;*** | |
3986 | |
25998 | 3987 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14279 64871)) |
25876 | 3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
3989 | |
3990 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
3991 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
3992 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
3993 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
3994 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
3995 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
3996 | |
3997 ;;;*** | |
3998 | |
25998 | 3999 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315)) |
25876 | 4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4001 | |
4002 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4003 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4004 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4005 | |
4006 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4007 | |
4008 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4009 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4010 | |
4011 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4012 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4013 " nil nil) | |
4014 | |
4015 ;;;*** | |
4016 | |
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 4018 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4020 | |
4021 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4022 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4023 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4024 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4025 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4026 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4027 | |
4028 ;;;*** | |
4029 | |
4030 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4031 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4032 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4033 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
25998 | 4034 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14168 7692)) |
25876 | 4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4036 | |
4037 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4038 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4039 | |
4040 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4041 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4042 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4043 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4044 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4045 | |
4046 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4047 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4048 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4049 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4050 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4051 | |
4052 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4053 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4054 | |
4055 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4056 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4057 | |
4058 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4059 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4060 | |
4061 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4062 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4063 | |
4064 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4065 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4066 | |
4067 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4068 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4069 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4070 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4071 | |
4072 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4073 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4074 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4075 X frame." nil nil) | |
4076 | |
4077 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4078 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4079 | |
4080 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil) | |
4081 | |
4082 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4083 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4084 | |
4085 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4086 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4087 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4088 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4089 | |
4090 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4091 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4092 European character display. | |
4093 | |
4094 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4095 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4096 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4097 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4098 | |
4099 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4100 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4101 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4102 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
4103 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." t nil) | |
4104 | |
4105 ;;;*** | |
4106 | |
4107 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 4108 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4110 | |
4111 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4112 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4113 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4114 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4115 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4116 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4117 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4118 Default is 2." t nil) | |
4119 | |
4120 ;;;*** | |
4121 | |
25998 | 4122 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573)) |
25876 | 4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4124 | |
4125 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4126 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4127 | |
4128 ;;;*** | |
4129 | |
25998 | 4130 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4131 ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
25876 | 4132 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4133 | |
25998 | 4134 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4135 Toggle Double mode. | |
4136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4137 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4138 | |
4139 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4140 | |
4141 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4142 | |
25876 | 4143 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4144 Toggle Double mode. | |
4145 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4146 | |
4147 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4148 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4149 | |
4150 ;;;*** | |
4151 | |
4152 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565)) | |
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el | |
4154 | |
4155 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4156 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4157 | |
4158 ;;;*** | |
4159 | |
4160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
4161 ;;;;;; (14030 49072)) | |
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el | |
4163 | |
4164 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4165 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4166 | |
4167 ;;;*** | |
4168 | |
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" | |
25998 | 4170 ;;;;;; (14279 64673)) |
25876 | 4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4172 | |
4173 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
4174 Define a new minor mode MODE. | |
4175 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap, | |
4176 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle'). | |
4177 | |
4178 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
4179 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on. | |
4180 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | |
4181 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | |
4182 in order to build a valid keymap. | |
4183 | |
4184 \(defmacro easy-mmode-define-minor-mode | |
4185 (MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP)...)" nil (quote macro)) | |
4186 | |
4187 ;;;*** | |
4188 | |
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
25998 | 4190 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14256 |
4191 ;;;;;; 22824)) | |
25876 | 4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
4193 | |
4194 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
4195 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
4196 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
4197 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
4198 | |
4199 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
4200 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
4201 | |
4202 :filter FUNCTION | |
4203 | |
4204 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
4205 menu displayed. | |
4206 | |
4207 :visible INCLUDE | |
4208 | |
4209 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
4210 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
4211 | |
4212 :active ENABLE | |
4213 | |
4214 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
4215 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4216 | |
4217 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
4218 | |
4219 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
4220 | |
4221 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
4222 | |
4223 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
4224 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
4225 | |
4226 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4227 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4228 | |
4229 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: | |
4230 | |
4231 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
4232 | |
4233 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
4234 | |
4235 :keys KEYS | |
4236 | |
4237 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
4238 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
4239 computed automatically. | |
4240 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
4241 | |
4242 :key-sequence KEYS | |
4243 | |
4244 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | |
4245 menu item. | |
4246 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of | |
4247 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | |
4248 keyboard equivalent. | |
4249 | |
4250 :active ENABLE | |
4251 | |
4252 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4253 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4254 | |
4255 :included INCLUDE | |
4256 | |
4257 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
4258 expression has a non-nil value. | |
4259 | |
4260 :suffix NAME | |
4261 | |
4262 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK. | |
4263 | |
4264 :style STYLE | |
4265 | |
4266 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are | |
4267 defined: | |
4268 | |
4269 toggle: A checkbox. | |
4270 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4271 radio: A radio button. | |
4272 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4273 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | |
4274 menu bar itself. | |
4275 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
4276 | |
4277 :selected SELECTED | |
4278 | |
4279 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
4280 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4281 | |
4282 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as | |
4283 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
4284 as a solid horizontal line. | |
4285 | |
4286 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
4287 | |
4288 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
4289 | |
4290 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
4291 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
4292 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
4293 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4294 | |
4295 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
4296 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 4297 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
4298 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
4299 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
4300 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
4301 | |
4302 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
4303 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
4304 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 4305 |
4306 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
4307 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
4308 | |
4309 ;;;*** | |
4310 | |
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" | |
25998 | 4312 ;;;;;; (13778 5499)) |
25876 | 4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
4314 | |
4315 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
4316 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
4317 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
4318 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
4319 | |
4320 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
4321 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
4322 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
4323 | |
4324 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
4325 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
4326 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
4327 | |
4328 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
4329 | |
4330 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4331 | |
4332 ;;;*** | |
4333 | |
4334 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
25998 | 4335 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455)) |
25876 | 4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
4337 | |
4338 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
4339 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
4340 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
4341 | |
4342 ;;;*** | |
4343 | |
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4345 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14347 61987)) |
25876 | 4346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
4347 | |
4348 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
4349 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4350 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
4351 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
4352 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
4353 | |
4354 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
4355 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
4356 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
4357 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
4358 | |
4359 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
4360 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4361 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
4362 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
4363 | |
4364 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
4365 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. | |
4366 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol | |
4367 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
4368 | |
4369 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
4370 | |
4371 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
4372 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
4373 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
4374 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
4375 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
4376 | |
4377 ;;;*** | |
4378 | |
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
4380 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
4381 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
4382 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
4383 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
4384 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
4385 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
4386 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
4387 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
25998 | 4388 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (13680 6803)) |
25876 | 4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
4390 | |
4391 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4392 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
4393 | |
4394 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
4395 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
4396 | |
4397 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
4398 | |
4399 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
4400 | |
4401 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4402 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
4403 | |
4404 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
4405 | |
4406 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
4407 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
4408 | |
4409 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
4410 | |
4411 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4412 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
4413 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that | |
4414 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
4415 | |
4416 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
4417 | |
4418 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4419 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
4420 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
4421 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) | |
4422 | |
4423 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
4424 | |
4425 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
4426 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
4427 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular | |
4428 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
4429 | |
4430 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
4431 | |
4432 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4433 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
4434 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that | |
4435 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
4436 | |
4437 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
4438 | |
4439 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4440 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
4441 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files | |
4442 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge | |
4443 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that | |
4444 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
4445 | |
4446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4447 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
4448 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
4449 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) | |
4450 | |
4451 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
4452 | |
4453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4454 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
4455 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
4456 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) | |
4457 | |
4458 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
4459 | |
4460 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
4461 | |
4462 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4463 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
4464 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4465 follows: | |
4466 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4467 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4468 | |
4469 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4470 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
4471 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4472 follows: | |
4473 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4474 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4475 | |
4476 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4477 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4478 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4479 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
4480 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) | |
4481 | |
4482 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
4486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
4487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) | |
4488 | |
4489 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
4490 | |
4491 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4492 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
4493 | |
4494 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4495 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
4496 | |
4497 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
4498 | |
4499 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4500 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
4501 | |
4502 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4503 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
4504 | |
4505 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4506 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
4507 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4508 buffer." t nil) | |
4509 | |
4510 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4511 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
4512 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4513 buffer." t nil) | |
4514 | |
4515 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
4516 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
4517 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a | |
4518 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) | |
4519 | |
4520 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
4521 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil) | |
4522 | |
4523 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
4524 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
4525 | |
4526 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
4527 | |
4528 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
4529 | |
4530 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
4531 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
4532 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4533 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) | |
4534 | |
4535 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
4536 | |
4537 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
4538 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
4539 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
4540 | |
4541 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
4542 Display Ediff's manual. | |
4543 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
4544 | |
4545 ;;;*** | |
4546 | |
4547 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" | |
25998 | 4548 ;;;;;; (13680 6780)) |
25876 | 4549 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
4550 | |
4551 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
4552 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
4553 | |
4554 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
4555 | |
4556 ;;;*** | |
4557 | |
4558 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4559 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14344 991)) |
25876 | 4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
4561 | |
4562 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
4563 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
4564 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
4565 which see." t nil) | |
4566 | |
4567 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
4568 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
4569 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
4570 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
4571 | |
4572 ;;;*** | |
4573 | |
4574 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
4575 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
25998 | 4576 ;;;;;; (13957 59893)) |
25876 | 4577 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
4578 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
4579 | |
4580 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
4581 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
4582 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
4583 | |
4584 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4585 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
4586 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
4587 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
4588 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
4589 its command name. | |
4590 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
4591 | |
4592 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4593 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
4594 | |
4595 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4596 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
4597 | |
4598 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4599 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
4600 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
4601 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
4602 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
4603 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
4604 | |
4605 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
4606 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
4607 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
4608 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
4609 | |
4610 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4611 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
4612 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
4613 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
4614 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
4615 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
4616 | |
4617 ;;;*** | |
4618 | |
4619 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
25998 | 4620 ;;;;;; 33724)) |
25876 | 4621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
4622 | |
4623 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
4624 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
4625 | |
4626 ;;;*** | |
4627 | |
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
25998 | 4629 ;;;;;; (13116 19762)) |
25876 | 4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
4631 | |
4632 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
4633 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
4634 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
4635 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
4636 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
4637 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
4638 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
4639 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
4640 | |
4641 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
4642 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
4643 | |
4644 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
4645 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
4646 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
4647 this value is non-nil. | |
4648 | |
4649 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
4650 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those | |
4651 things. | |
4652 | |
4653 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
4654 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
4655 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
4656 | |
4657 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
4658 | |
4659 ;;;*** | |
4660 | |
4661 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" | |
4662 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287)) | |
4663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el | |
4664 | |
4665 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
4666 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
4667 | |
4668 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
4669 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
4670 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
4671 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
4672 from the documentation string if possible. | |
4673 | |
4674 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
4675 instead. | |
4676 | |
4677 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
4678 | |
4679 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
4680 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
4681 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
4682 | |
4683 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
4684 of the mode. | |
4685 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
4686 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
4687 | |
4688 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
4689 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
4690 | |
4691 ;;;*** | |
4692 | |
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" | |
25998 | 4694 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 4695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
4696 | |
4697 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
4698 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
4699 | |
4700 ;;;*** | |
4701 | |
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package | |
4703 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) | |
25998 | 4704 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553)) |
25876 | 4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
4706 | |
4707 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
4708 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
4709 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
4710 | |
4711 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
4712 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
4713 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
4714 | |
4715 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
4716 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
4717 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
4718 | |
4719 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
4720 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
4721 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
4722 | |
4723 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
4724 | |
4725 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
4726 Display current profiling results. | |
4727 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
4728 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
4729 displayed." t nil) | |
4730 | |
4731 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\ | |
4732 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil) | |
4733 | |
4734 ;;;*** | |
4735 | |
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
25998 | 4737 ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
25876 | 4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
4739 | |
4740 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
4741 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
4742 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
4743 | |
4744 ;;;*** | |
4745 | |
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
4747 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
4748 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
4749 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4750 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14344 994)) |
25876 | 4751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
4752 | |
4753 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
4754 | |
4755 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
4756 | |
4757 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
4758 | |
4759 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
4760 | |
4761 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
4762 | |
4763 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
4764 | |
4765 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
4766 | |
4767 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
4768 | |
4769 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
4770 | |
4771 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
4772 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
4773 | |
4774 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
4775 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
4776 | |
4777 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
4778 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
4779 | |
4780 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
4781 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
4782 | |
4783 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
4784 | |
4785 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
4786 | |
4787 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
4788 | |
4789 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
4790 | |
4791 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
4792 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
4793 | |
4794 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
4795 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
4796 | |
4797 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
4798 | |
4799 ;;;*** | |
4800 | |
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
25998 | 4802 ;;;;;; (14232 6060)) |
25876 | 4803 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
4804 | |
4805 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
4806 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
4807 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
4808 | |
4809 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
4810 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
4811 automatically. | |
4812 | |
4813 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
4814 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
4815 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
4816 | |
4817 ;;;*** | |
4818 | |
4819 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
25998 | 4820 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403)) |
25876 | 4821 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
4822 | |
4823 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
4824 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
4825 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
4826 text/enriched format. | |
4827 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
4828 | |
4829 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
4830 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
4831 | |
4832 Commands: | |
4833 | |
4834 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4835 | |
4836 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
4837 | |
4838 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
4839 | |
4840 ;;;*** | |
4841 | |
25998 | 4842 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516)) |
25876 | 4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el |
4844 | |
4845 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\ | |
4846 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE. | |
4847 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is | |
4848 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed. | |
4849 | |
4850 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable. | |
4851 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable | |
4852 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value. | |
4853 | |
4854 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil) | |
4855 | |
4856 ;;;*** | |
4857 | |
4858 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | |
4859 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
4860 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
4861 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
4862 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list) | |
25998 | 4863 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14281 39108)) |
25876 | 4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
4865 | |
4866 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
4867 *File name of tags table. | |
4868 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
4869 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
4870 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
4871 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
4872 | |
4873 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ | |
4874 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
4875 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
4876 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
4877 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
4878 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
4879 | |
4880 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
4881 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
4882 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
4883 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
4884 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
4885 | |
4886 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
4887 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
4888 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
4889 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
4890 | |
4891 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
4892 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
4893 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
4894 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
4895 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
4896 | |
4897 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
4898 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
4899 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
4900 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
4901 | |
4902 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
4903 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
4904 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
4905 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
4906 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
4907 | |
4908 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
4909 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
4910 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
4911 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
4912 without directory names." nil nil) | |
4913 | |
4914 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
4915 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
4916 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
4917 but does not select the buffer. | |
4918 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
4919 | |
4920 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
4921 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
4922 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
4923 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
4924 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
4925 | |
4926 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
4927 | |
4928 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
4929 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
4930 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
4931 | |
4932 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
4933 | |
4934 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
4935 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
4936 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
4937 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
4938 | |
4939 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
4940 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
4941 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
4942 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
4943 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
4944 | |
4945 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
4946 | |
4947 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
4948 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
4949 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
4950 | |
4951 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
4952 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
4953 | |
4954 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
4955 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
4956 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
4957 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
4958 around or before point. | |
4959 | |
4960 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
4961 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
4962 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
4963 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
4964 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
4965 | |
4966 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
4967 | |
4968 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
4969 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
4970 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
4971 | |
4972 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
4973 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
4974 | |
4975 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
4976 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
4977 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
4978 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
4979 around or before point. | |
4980 | |
4981 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
4982 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
4983 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
4984 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
4985 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
4986 | |
4987 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
4988 | |
4989 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
4990 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
4991 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
4992 | |
4993 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
4994 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
4995 | |
4996 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
4997 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
4998 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
4999 | |
5000 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5001 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5002 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5003 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5004 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5005 | |
5006 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
5007 | |
5008 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5009 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5010 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5011 | |
5012 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5013 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
5014 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
5015 | |
5016 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
5017 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
5018 | |
5019 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
5020 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
5021 where they were found." t nil) | |
5022 | |
5023 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
5024 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
5025 | |
5026 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
5027 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
5028 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
5029 | |
5030 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
5031 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
5032 | |
5033 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
5034 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
5035 | |
5036 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
5037 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
5038 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
5039 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
5040 | |
5041 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
5042 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
5043 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
5044 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
5045 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
5046 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
5047 | |
5048 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
5049 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
5050 Stops when a match is found. | |
5051 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5052 | |
5053 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5054 | |
5055 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
5056 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. | |
5057 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5058 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
5059 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5060 | |
5061 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5062 | |
5063 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
5064 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
5065 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
5066 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
5067 directory specification." t nil) | |
5068 | |
5069 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
5070 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
5071 | |
5072 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5073 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
5074 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
5075 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
5076 | |
5077 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5078 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
5079 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
5080 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
5081 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
5082 | |
5083 ;;;*** | |
5084 | |
5085 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
5086 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
5087 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
5088 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
5089 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
5090 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
5091 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal | |
5092 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" | |
25998 | 5093 ;;;;;; (14180 44101)) |
25876 | 5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
5095 | |
5096 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5097 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil) | |
5098 | |
5099 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
5100 | |
5101 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5102 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5103 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
5104 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5105 | |
5106 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
5107 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5108 language. | |
5109 | |
5110 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
5111 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
5112 | |
5113 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5114 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5115 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5116 | |
5117 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5118 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5119 | |
5120 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5121 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5122 | |
5123 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
5124 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5125 language. | |
5126 | |
5127 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
5128 buffer is read-only. | |
5129 | |
5130 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5131 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5132 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5133 | |
5134 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5135 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5136 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5137 | |
5138 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5139 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
5140 | |
5141 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
5142 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
5143 | |
5144 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
5145 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
5146 | |
5147 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5148 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5149 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
5150 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5151 | |
5152 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5153 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
5154 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5155 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5156 | |
5157 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
5158 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
5159 the primary language. | |
5160 | |
5161 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
5162 buffer is read-only. | |
5163 | |
5164 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5165 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5166 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5167 | |
5168 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5169 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
5170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5172 | |
5173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
5174 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
5175 primary language. | |
5176 | |
5177 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
5178 buffer is read-only. | |
5179 | |
5180 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5182 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5183 | |
5184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5185 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5187 | |
5188 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5189 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
5190 | |
5191 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
5192 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
5193 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
5194 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
5195 | |
5196 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
5197 | |
5198 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5199 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
5200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5201 | |
5202 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5203 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
5204 | |
5205 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5206 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
5207 | |
5208 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
5209 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
5210 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
5211 | |
5212 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
5213 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
5214 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
5215 | |
5216 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
5217 | |
5218 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5219 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
5220 | |
5221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5222 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
5223 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
5224 | |
5225 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5226 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
5227 | |
5228 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5229 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
5230 | |
5231 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
5232 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
5233 | |
5234 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
5235 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
5236 | |
5237 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5238 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
5239 | |
5240 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5241 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
5242 | |
5243 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5244 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
5245 | |
5246 ;;;*** | |
5247 | |
5248 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) | |
25998 | 5249 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734)) |
25876 | 5250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
5251 | |
5252 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | |
5253 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
5254 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
5255 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
5256 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
5257 executable." t nil) | |
5258 | |
5259 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
5260 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
5261 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
5262 | |
5263 ;;;*** | |
5264 | |
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
25998 | 5266 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49633)) |
25876 | 5267 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
5268 | |
5269 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
5270 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
5271 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
5272 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
5273 | |
5274 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
5275 | |
5276 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
5277 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
5278 to generate such functions. | |
5279 | |
5280 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
5281 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
5282 beginning of the expanded text. | |
5283 | |
5284 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
5285 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
5286 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
5287 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
5288 | |
5289 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
5290 | |
5291 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5292 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5293 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5294 | |
5295 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5296 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5297 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5298 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
5299 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
5300 | |
5301 ;;;*** | |
5302 | |
25998 | 5303 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14240 53439)) |
25876 | 5304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
5305 | |
5306 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
5307 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
5308 | |
5309 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
5310 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
5311 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
5312 | |
5313 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
5314 | |
5315 Key definitions: | |
5316 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
5317 | |
5318 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
5319 | |
5320 f90-do-indent | |
5321 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
5322 f90-if-indent | |
5323 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
5324 f90-type-indent | |
5325 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
5326 f90-program-indent | |
5327 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
5328 (default 2) | |
5329 f90-continuation-indent | |
5330 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
5331 f90-comment-region | |
5332 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
5333 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
5334 f90-indented-comment-re | |
5335 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
5336 (default \"!\") | |
5337 f90-directive-comment-re | |
5338 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
5339 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
5340 f90-break-delimiters | |
5341 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
5342 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
5343 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
5344 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
5345 (default t) | |
5346 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
5347 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
5348 f90-smart-end | |
5349 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
5350 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
5351 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
5352 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
5353 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
5354 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
5355 f90-leave-line-no | |
5356 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
5357 f90-startup-message | |
5358 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
5359 f90-keywords-re | |
5360 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
5361 | |
5362 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
5363 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
5364 | |
5365 ;;;*** | |
5366 | |
5367 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
5368 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
5369 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
5370 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
25998 | 5371 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14263 35411)) |
25876 | 5372 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
5373 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
5374 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
5375 | |
5376 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
5377 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
5378 | |
5379 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
5380 | |
5381 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
5382 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
5383 | |
5384 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
5385 | |
5386 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
5387 Menu keymap for background colors") | |
5388 | |
5389 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
5390 | |
5391 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ | |
5392 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") | |
5393 | |
5394 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
5395 | |
5396 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ | |
5397 Submenu for text justification commands.") | |
5398 | |
5399 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
5400 | |
5401 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ | |
5402 Submenu for indentation commands.") | |
5403 | |
5404 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
5405 | |
5406 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
5407 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
5408 | |
5409 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
5410 | |
5411 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------"))) | |
5412 | |
5413 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
5414 | |
5415 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
5416 | |
5417 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
5418 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
5419 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
5420 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
5421 | |
5422 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
5423 | |
5424 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
5425 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
5426 | |
5427 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
5428 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5429 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
5430 | |
5431 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
5432 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed. | |
5433 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). | |
5434 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
5435 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
5436 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
5437 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5438 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
5439 | |
5440 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
5441 Set the background color of the region or next character typed. | |
5442 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). | |
5443 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
5444 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
5445 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
5446 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5447 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
5448 | |
5449 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
5450 Set the face of the region or next character typed. | |
5451 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | |
5452 is the menu item's name. | |
5453 | |
5454 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
5455 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
5456 | |
5457 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
5458 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5459 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
5460 | |
5461 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
5462 Make the region invisible. | |
5463 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
5464 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5465 | |
5466 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
5467 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
5468 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
5469 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5470 | |
5471 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
5472 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
5473 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
5474 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5475 | |
5476 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
5477 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
5478 | |
5479 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
5480 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
5481 | |
5482 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
5483 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
5484 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
5485 | |
5486 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
5487 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
5488 | |
5489 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
5490 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
5491 | |
5492 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
5493 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
5494 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
5495 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
5496 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
5497 | |
5498 ;;;*** | |
5499 | |
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
25998 | 5501 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417)) |
25876 | 5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
5503 | |
5504 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
5505 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
5506 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
5507 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
5508 | |
5509 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
5510 | |
5511 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
5512 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
5513 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
5514 | |
5515 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
5516 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
5517 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
5518 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
5519 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
5520 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
5521 | |
5522 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
5523 | |
5524 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
5525 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
5526 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
5527 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
5528 | |
5529 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
5530 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
5531 | |
5532 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
5533 | |
5534 ;;;*** | |
5535 | |
5536 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
5537 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
25998 | 5538 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (13855 27094)) |
25876 | 5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
5540 | |
5541 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
5542 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
5543 | |
5544 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
5545 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
5546 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
5547 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
5548 | |
5549 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
5550 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
5551 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
5552 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
5553 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
5554 | |
5555 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
5556 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
5557 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
5558 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
5559 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
5560 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
5561 internally by feedmail): | |
5562 | |
5563 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
5564 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
5565 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
5566 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
5567 | |
5568 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
5569 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
5570 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
5571 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
5572 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
5573 | |
5574 ;;;*** | |
5575 | |
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu ffap find-file-at-point | |
25998 | 5577 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14021 43058)) |
25876 | 5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
5579 | |
5580 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
5581 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
5582 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
5583 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
5584 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
5585 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
5586 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
5587 | |
5588 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
5589 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
5590 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
5591 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
5592 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
5593 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
5594 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
5595 | |
5596 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
5597 | |
5598 (autoload (quote ffap) "ffap" "\ | |
5599 A short alias for the find-file-at-point command." nil nil) | |
5600 | |
5601 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
5602 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
5603 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
5604 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
5605 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
5606 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
5607 | |
5608 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
5609 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
5610 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
5611 Return value: | |
5612 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
5613 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
5614 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
5615 | |
5616 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
5617 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
5618 | |
5619 ;;;*** | |
5620 | |
5621 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
5622 ;;;;;; (14332 47759)) |
25876 | 5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
5624 | |
5625 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
5626 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
5627 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
5628 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
5629 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | |
5630 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
5631 \(directories) is done." t nil) | |
5632 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
5633 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
5634 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
5635 | |
5636 ;;;*** | |
5637 | |
5638 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
5639 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14344 998)) |
25876 | 5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
5641 | |
5642 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
5643 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
5644 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
5645 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
5646 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
5647 | |
5648 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
5649 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
5650 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
5651 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
5652 | |
5653 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
5654 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
5655 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
5656 | |
5657 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
5658 | |
5659 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
5660 as the final argument." t nil) | |
5661 | |
5662 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
5663 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
5664 and run dired on those files. | |
5665 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
5666 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
5667 | |
5668 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
5669 | |
5670 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
5671 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
5672 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
5673 | |
5674 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
5675 | |
5676 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
5677 | |
5678 ;;;*** | |
5679 | |
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
5681 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
5682 ;;;;;; (13937 22881)) | |
5683 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el | |
5684 | |
5685 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
5686 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
5687 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;. | |
5688 | |
5689 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
5690 | |
5691 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
5692 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
5693 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
5694 | |
5695 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
5696 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
5697 | |
5698 Variables of interest include: | |
5699 | |
5700 - ff-case-fold-search | |
5701 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search). | |
5702 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | |
5703 | |
5704 - ff-always-in-other-window | |
5705 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | |
5706 argument is given to ff-find-other-file. | |
5707 | |
5708 - ff-ignore-include | |
5709 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | |
5710 | |
5711 - ff-always-try-to-create | |
5712 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | |
5713 | |
5714 - ff-quiet-mode | |
5715 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | |
5716 | |
5717 - ff-special-constructs | |
5718 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
5719 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
5720 extracting the filename from that construct. | |
5721 | |
5722 - ff-other-file-alist | |
5723 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | |
5724 | |
5725 - ff-search-directories | |
5726 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | |
5727 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension. | |
5728 | |
5729 - ff-pre-find-hooks | |
5730 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | |
5731 | |
5732 - ff-pre-load-hooks | |
5733 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | |
5734 | |
5735 - ff-post-load-hooks | |
5736 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | |
5737 | |
5738 - ff-not-found-hooks | |
5739 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | |
5740 | |
5741 - ff-file-created-hooks | |
5742 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) | |
5743 | |
5744 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
5745 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
5746 | |
5747 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
5748 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
5749 | |
5750 ;;;*** | |
5751 | |
5752 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
5753 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
5754 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
5755 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
5756 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
25998 | 5757 ;;;;;; (14281 30913)) |
25876 | 5758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
5759 | |
5760 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
5761 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
5762 | |
5763 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
5764 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
5765 not selected. | |
5766 | |
5767 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
5768 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
5769 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
5770 | |
5771 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
5772 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
5773 | |
5774 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
5775 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
5776 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
5777 it is one of the current buffers. | |
5778 | |
5779 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
5780 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
5781 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
5782 | |
5783 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
5784 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
5785 | |
5786 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
5787 | |
5788 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
5789 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
5790 | |
5791 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
5792 | |
5793 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
5794 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
5795 | |
5796 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
5797 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
5798 not selected. | |
5799 | |
5800 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
5801 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
5802 | |
5803 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
5804 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
5805 | |
5806 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
5807 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
5808 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
5809 it is one of the current buffers. | |
5810 | |
5811 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
5812 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
5813 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
5814 | |
5815 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
5816 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
5817 | |
5818 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
5819 | |
5820 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
5821 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
5822 | |
5823 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
5824 | |
5825 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
5826 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
5827 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
5828 | |
5829 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
5830 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
5831 | |
5832 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
5833 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
5834 | |
5835 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
5836 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
5837 | |
5838 ;;;*** | |
5839 | |
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" | |
25998 | 5841 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
5843 | |
5844 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
5845 Toggle flow control handling. | |
5846 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
5847 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
5848 | |
5849 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
5850 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
5851 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
5852 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
5853 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
5854 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
5855 | |
5856 ;;;*** | |
5857 | |
5858 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
25998 | 5859 ;;;;;; (14218 4428)) |
25876 | 5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
5861 | |
5862 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
5863 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
5864 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
5865 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
5866 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
5867 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
5868 | |
5869 Bindings: | |
5870 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
5871 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
5872 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
5873 | |
5874 Hooks: | |
5875 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
5876 | |
5877 Remark: | |
5878 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
5879 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
5880 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
5881 | |
5882 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
5883 consider adding: | |
5884 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
5885 in your .emacs file. | |
5886 | |
5887 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
5888 | |
5889 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
5890 | |
5891 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | |
5892 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
5893 | |
5894 ;;;*** | |
5895 | |
5896 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
5897 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
25998 | 5898 ;;;;;; (13674 33104)) |
25876 | 5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
5900 | |
5901 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
5902 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
5903 | |
5904 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
5905 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
5906 | |
5907 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
5908 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
5909 | |
5910 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
5911 of two major techniques: | |
5912 | |
5913 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
5914 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
5915 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
5916 | |
5917 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
5918 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
5919 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
5920 movement commands. | |
5921 | |
5922 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
5923 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
5924 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
5925 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
5926 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
5927 mileage may vary). | |
5928 | |
5929 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
5930 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
5931 | |
5932 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
5933 | |
5934 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
5935 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
5936 \(This is the default.) | |
5937 | |
5938 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
5939 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
5940 | |
5941 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
5942 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5943 | |
5944 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
5945 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
5946 | |
5947 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
5948 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
5949 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
5950 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
5951 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
5952 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
5953 | |
5954 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
5955 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
5956 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
5957 | |
5958 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
5959 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
5960 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
5961 | |
5962 ;;;*** | |
5963 | |
5964 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
25998 | 5965 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock |
5966 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14302 34499)) | |
25876 | 5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
5968 | |
5969 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ | |
5970 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
5971 | |
5972 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
5973 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
5974 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5975 | |
5976 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
5977 | |
5978 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
5979 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
5980 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
5981 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
5982 | |
5983 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in | |
5984 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
5985 | |
5986 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
5987 | |
5988 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
5989 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
5990 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
5991 | |
5992 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
5993 | |
5994 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
5995 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
5996 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
5997 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
5998 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
5999 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
6000 | |
6001 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
6002 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6003 | |
6004 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
6005 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
6006 | |
6007 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
6008 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
6009 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
6010 | |
6011 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
6012 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
6013 | |
6014 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
6015 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
6016 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
6017 | |
6018 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
6019 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
6020 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
6021 | |
6022 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
6023 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
6024 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
6025 | |
6026 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
6027 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE. | |
6028 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
6029 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. | |
6030 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6031 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
6032 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
6033 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
6034 end of the current highlighting list. | |
6035 | |
6036 For example: | |
6037 | |
6038 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
6039 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
6040 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
6041 | |
6042 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
6043 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
6044 | |
6045 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
6046 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
6047 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
6048 | |
6049 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
6050 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6051 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
6052 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
6053 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
6054 | |
6055 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6056 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil) | |
6057 | |
25998 | 6058 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
6059 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6060 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6061 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
6062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
6063 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
6064 | |
6065 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
6066 | |
6067 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
6068 | |
25876 | 6069 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
6070 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) | |
6071 | |
6072 ;;;*** | |
6073 | |
6074 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
6075 ;;;;;; (14344 1056)) |
25876 | 6076 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
6077 | |
6078 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
6079 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
6080 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
6081 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
6082 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
6083 | |
6084 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles | |
6085 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles. | |
6086 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from | |
6087 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT | |
6088 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant | |
6089 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set. | |
6090 | |
6091 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
6092 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
6093 | |
6094 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
6095 | |
6096 ;;;*** | |
6097 | |
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) | |
6099 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14162 18837)) | |
6100 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el | |
6101 | |
6102 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
6103 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
6104 | |
6105 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
6106 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
6107 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
6108 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
6109 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
6110 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
6111 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
6112 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
6113 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
6114 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
6115 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
6116 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
6117 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
6118 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
6119 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
6120 " t nil) | |
6121 | |
6122 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
6123 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
6124 | |
6125 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
6126 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
6127 | |
6128 ;;;*** | |
6129 | |
6130 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
25998 | 6131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14246 52947)) |
25876 | 6132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
6133 | |
6134 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
6135 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
6136 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
6137 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
6138 with a character in column 6.") | |
6139 | |
6140 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
6141 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
6142 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
6143 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
6144 | |
6145 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
6146 Fortran keywords. | |
6147 | |
6148 Key definitions: | |
6149 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
6150 | |
6151 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6152 | |
6153 `comment-start' | |
6154 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments | |
6155 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | |
6156 `fortran-do-indent' | |
6157 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6158 `fortran-if-indent' | |
6159 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
6160 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
6161 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
6162 (default 3) | |
6163 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
6164 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
6165 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
6166 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
6167 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
6168 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
6169 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
6170 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
6171 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6172 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
6173 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
6174 indentation for a line of code. | |
6175 (default 'fixed) | |
6176 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
6177 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
6178 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
6179 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
6180 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
6181 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6182 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
6183 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
6184 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
6185 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
6186 column 5. (default 1) | |
6187 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
6188 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
6189 statements. (default nil) | |
6190 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
6191 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
6192 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
6193 statement. (default nil) | |
6194 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
6195 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
6196 line. (default \"$\") | |
6197 `fortran-comment-region' | |
6198 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6199 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
6200 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
6201 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
6202 as typed. (default t) | |
6203 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
6204 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6205 (default t) | |
6206 | |
6207 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
6208 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6209 | |
6210 ;;;*** | |
6211 | |
6212 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
25998 | 6213 ;;;;;; (13973 3308)) |
25876 | 6214 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
6215 | |
6216 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6217 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
6218 | |
6219 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
6220 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
6221 | |
6222 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
6223 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
6224 function. | |
6225 | |
6226 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
6227 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
6228 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
6229 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
6230 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively. | |
6231 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
6232 | |
6233 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
6234 Each keyword should be a string. | |
6235 | |
6236 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
6237 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
6238 | |
6239 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist. | |
6240 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
6241 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
6242 | |
6243 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
6244 | |
6245 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
6246 | |
6247 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6248 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
6249 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
6250 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
6251 | |
6252 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
6253 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
6254 | |
6255 ;;;*** | |
6256 | |
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server | |
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469)) | |
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el | |
6260 | |
6261 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6262 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
6263 | |
6264 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6265 Read network news. | |
6266 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6267 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
6268 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6269 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
6270 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
6271 | |
6272 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
6273 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
6274 | |
6275 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
6276 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
6277 | |
6278 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
6279 Read network news. | |
6280 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6281 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6282 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
6283 | |
6284 ;;;*** | |
6285 | |
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
6287 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
25998 | 6288 ;;;;;; (14030 49649)) |
25876 | 6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
6290 | |
6291 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6292 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
6293 | |
6294 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6295 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
6296 | |
6297 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6298 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
6299 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
6300 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
6301 | |
6302 \(gnus-agentize) | |
6303 | |
6304 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
6305 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
6306 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
6307 | |
6308 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6309 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
6310 | |
6311 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
6312 | |
6313 ;;;*** | |
6314 | |
6315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
6316 ;;;;;; (14030 49345)) | |
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el | |
6318 | |
6319 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
6320 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil) | |
6321 | |
6322 ;;;*** | |
6323 | |
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
6325 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030 | |
6326 ;;;;;; 49350)) | |
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el | |
6328 | |
6329 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6330 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
6331 | |
6332 Usage: | |
6333 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
6334 | |
6335 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6336 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
6337 | |
6338 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6339 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
6340 | |
6341 ;;;*** | |
6342 | |
6343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
25998 | 6344 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552)) |
25876 | 6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
6346 | |
6347 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
6348 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
6349 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
6350 | |
6351 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
6352 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
6353 | |
6354 ;;;*** | |
6355 | |
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
6357 ;;;;;; (14030 49385)) | |
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el | |
6359 | |
6360 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
6361 | |
6362 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
6363 Run batched scoring. | |
6364 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
6365 | |
6366 ;;;*** | |
6367 | |
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
6369 ;;;;;; (14030 49391)) | |
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el | |
6371 | |
6372 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
6373 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
6374 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
6375 | |
6376 ;;;*** | |
6377 | |
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" | |
25998 | 6379 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540)) |
25876 | 6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
6381 | |
6382 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
6383 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
6384 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
6385 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as | |
6386 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil) | |
6387 | |
6388 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
6389 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil) | |
6390 | |
6391 ;;;*** | |
6392 | |
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
6394 ;;;;;; (14030 49414)) | |
6395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el | |
6396 | |
6397 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
6398 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
6399 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
6400 for matching on group names. | |
6401 | |
6402 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
6403 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
6404 | |
6405 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
6406 | |
6407 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
6408 | |
6409 ;;;*** | |
6410 | |
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
6412 ;;;;;; (14030 49416)) | |
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el | |
6414 | |
6415 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
6416 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
6417 | |
6418 ;;;*** | |
6419 | |
6420 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
6421 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14344 1048)) |
25876 | 6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
6423 | |
6424 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
6425 Unload all Gnus features." t nil) | |
6426 | |
6427 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
6428 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
6429 | |
6430 ;;;*** | |
6431 | |
6432 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
6433 ;;;;;; (14030 49464)) | |
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el | |
6435 | |
6436 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
6437 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
6438 | |
6439 ;;;*** | |
6440 | |
25998 | 6441 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566)) |
25876 | 6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
6443 | |
6444 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
6445 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
6446 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
6447 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
6448 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
6449 | |
6450 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
6451 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
6452 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
6453 | |
6454 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
6455 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
6456 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
6457 | |
6458 ;;;*** | |
6459 | |
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
6461 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (13884 38368)) | |
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el | |
6463 | |
6464 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6465 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
6466 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
6467 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
6468 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
6469 | |
6470 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6471 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
6472 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
6473 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
6474 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
6475 | |
6476 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6477 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
6478 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
6479 or to send e-mail. | |
6480 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
6481 | |
6482 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
6483 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
6484 | |
6485 ;;;*** | |
6486 | |
25998 | 6487 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
25876 | 6488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
6489 | |
6490 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
6491 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
6492 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
6493 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
6494 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
6495 | |
6496 ;;;*** | |
6497 | |
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
25998 | 6499 ;;;;;; (14293 61777)) |
25876 | 6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
6501 | |
6502 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
6503 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6504 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6505 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6506 | |
6507 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
6508 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6509 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6510 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6511 | |
6512 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
6513 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6514 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6515 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6516 | |
6517 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
6518 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6519 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6520 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
6521 | |
6522 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
6523 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
6524 | |
6525 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
6526 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6527 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6528 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6529 | |
6530 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
6531 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
6532 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6533 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6534 | |
6535 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
6536 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
6537 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
6538 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
6539 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
6540 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
6541 | |
6542 ;;;*** | |
6543 | |
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 6545 ;;;;;; 23942)) |
25876 | 6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
6547 | |
6548 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
6549 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
6550 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
6551 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
6552 | |
6553 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
6554 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
6555 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
6556 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
6557 | |
6558 ;;;*** | |
6559 | |
25998 | 6560 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
6561 ;;;;;; (14268 8415)) | |
25876 | 6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
6563 | |
6564 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 6565 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
6566 | |
6567 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
6568 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
6569 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
6570 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
6571 | |
6572 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
6573 | |
6574 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
6575 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
6576 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
6577 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
6578 to be updated." t nil) | |
6579 | |
6580 ;;;*** | |
6581 | |
6582 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
6583 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
6585 | |
6586 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
6587 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
6588 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
6589 and window listing and describing the options. | |
6590 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
6591 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
6592 | |
6593 ;;;*** | |
6594 | |
6595 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
6596 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574)) | |
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el | |
6598 | |
6599 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
6600 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
6601 | |
6602 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
6603 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
6604 | |
6605 ;;;*** | |
6606 | |
6607 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
25998 | 6608 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064)) |
25876 | 6609 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
6610 | |
6611 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 6612 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
6613 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
6614 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
6615 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 6616 |
6617 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
6618 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
6619 | |
6620 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
6621 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
6622 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
6623 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
6624 | |
6625 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
6626 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
6627 periods. | |
6628 | |
6629 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
6630 in hexl format. | |
6631 | |
6632 A sample format: | |
6633 | |
6634 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
6635 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
6636 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
6637 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
6638 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
6639 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
6640 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
6641 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
6642 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
6643 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
6644 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
6645 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
6646 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
6647 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
6648 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
6649 | |
6650 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
6651 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
6652 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
6653 | |
6654 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
6655 also supported. | |
6656 | |
6657 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
6658 | |
6659 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
6660 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
6661 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
6662 | |
6663 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
6664 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
6665 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
6666 | |
6667 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
6668 into the buffer at the current point. | |
6669 | |
6670 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
6671 into the buffer at the current point. | |
6672 | |
6673 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
6674 into the buffer at the current point. | |
6675 | |
6676 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
6677 | |
6678 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
6679 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
6680 | |
25998 | 6681 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 6682 |
6683 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
6684 | |
6685 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
6686 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
6687 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
6688 | |
6689 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
6690 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
6691 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
6692 | |
6693 ;;;*** | |
6694 | |
6695 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | |
25998 | 6696 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14301 32259)) |
25876 | 6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
6698 | |
25998 | 6699 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
6700 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
6701 | |
25876 | 6702 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
6703 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
6704 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
6705 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
6706 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
6707 how the hiding is done: | |
6708 | |
6709 hide-ifdef-env | |
6710 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
6711 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
6712 is used. | |
6713 | |
6714 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
6715 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
6716 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
6717 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
6718 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
6719 | |
6720 hide-ifdef-lines | |
6721 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
6722 #endif lines when hiding. | |
6723 | |
6724 hide-ifdef-initially | |
6725 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
6726 is activated. | |
6727 | |
6728 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
6729 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
6730 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
6731 | |
6732 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6733 | |
6734 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
6735 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
6736 | |
6737 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
6738 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
6739 | |
6740 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
6741 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
6742 | |
6743 ;;;*** | |
6744 | |
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all | |
6746 ;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) | |
6747 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001)) | |
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el | |
6749 | |
6750 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
6751 Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") | |
6752 | |
6753 (defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\ | |
6754 Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block. | |
6755 If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the | |
6756 hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown. | |
6757 A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see. | |
6758 | |
6759 An example of how this works: (in C mode) | |
6760 original: | |
6761 | |
6762 /* My function main | |
6763 some more stuff about main | |
6764 */ | |
6765 int | |
6766 main(void) | |
6767 { | |
6768 int x=0; | |
6769 return 0; | |
6770 } | |
6771 | |
6772 | |
6773 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil | |
6774 /* My function main... | |
6775 */ | |
6776 int | |
6777 main(void) | |
6778 {... | |
6779 } | |
6780 | |
6781 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t | |
6782 /* My function main... | |
6783 int | |
6784 main(void)... | |
6785 | |
6786 For the last case you have to be on the line containing the | |
6787 ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.") | |
6788 | |
6789 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
6790 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. | |
6791 It has the form | |
6792 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). | |
6793 If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end | |
6794 and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have | |
6795 single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used | |
6796 by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is | |
6797 available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of | |
6798 `forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' | |
6799 to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
6800 | |
6801 If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values | |
6802 using function `hs-grok-mode-type'. | |
6803 | |
6804 Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.") | |
6805 | |
6806 (autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\ | |
6807 Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines. | |
6808 Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook | |
6809 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'. | |
6810 If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil) | |
6811 | |
6812 (autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\ | |
6813 Toggle hiding/showing of a block. | |
6814 Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil) | |
6815 | |
6816 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
6817 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
6818 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
6819 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
6820 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
6821 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
6822 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc | |
6823 for `run-hooks'. | |
6824 | |
6825 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
6826 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. | |
6827 Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'. | |
6828 | |
6829 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
6830 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
6831 | |
6832 Key bindings: | |
6833 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6834 | |
6835 ;;;*** | |
6836 | |
6837 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
6838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
6839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
25998 | 6840 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009)) |
25876 | 6841 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
6842 | |
25998 | 6843 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
6844 | |
25876 | 6845 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
6846 Remove the change face from the region. | |
6847 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) | |
6848 | |
6849 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
6850 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
6851 | |
6852 Without an argument, | |
6853 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active | |
6854 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state); | |
6855 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states. | |
6856 | |
6857 With an argument, | |
6858 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active; | |
6859 with a zero argument, set state to passive; | |
6860 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
6861 | |
6862 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
6863 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | |
6864 not displayed in a different face. | |
6865 | |
6866 Functions: | |
6867 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
6868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
6869 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
6870 buffer with the contents of a file | |
6871 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
6872 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
6873 various faces. | |
6874 | |
6875 | |
6876 Hook variables: | |
6877 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled. | |
6878 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state | |
6879 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | |
6880 " t nil) | |
6881 | |
6882 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
6883 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
6884 | |
6885 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
6886 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
6887 | |
6888 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
6889 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
6890 | |
6891 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element | |
6892 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the | |
6893 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | |
6894 shown in the last face in the list. | |
6895 | |
6896 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
6897 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the | |
6898 buffer to be saved): | |
6899 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | |
6900 " t nil) | |
6901 | |
6902 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
6903 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
6904 | |
6905 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
6906 and not in read-only mode. | |
6907 | |
6908 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default | |
6909 when called interactively. | |
6910 | |
6911 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will | |
6912 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in | |
6913 temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
6914 | |
6915 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
6916 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
6917 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) | |
6918 | |
6919 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
6920 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
6921 | |
6922 When called interactively: | |
6923 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
6924 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
6925 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
6926 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
6927 | |
6928 When called from a program: | |
6929 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
6930 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode | |
6931 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode | |
6932 - otherwise just turn it on | |
6933 | |
6934 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
6935 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
6936 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
6937 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) | |
6938 | |
6939 ;;;*** | |
6940 | |
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
6942 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
6943 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
6944 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (13674 | |
25998 | 6945 ;;;;;; 32888)) |
25876 | 6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
6947 | |
6948 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
6949 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
6950 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
6951 or insert functions in this list.") | |
6952 | |
6953 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
6954 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
6955 | |
6956 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
6957 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
6958 | |
6959 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
6960 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
6961 | |
6962 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
6963 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
6964 | |
6965 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
6966 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
6967 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
6968 | |
6969 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
6970 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
6971 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
6972 \(as atoms)") | |
6973 | |
6974 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
6975 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
6976 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
6977 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
6978 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
6979 | |
6980 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
6981 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
6982 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
6983 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
6984 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
6985 expansions. | |
6986 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
6987 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
6988 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
6989 | |
6990 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
6991 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
6992 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
6993 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
6994 | |
6995 ;;;*** | |
6996 | |
25998 | 6997 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
6998 ;;;;;; (14248 36723)) | |
6999 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el | |
7000 | |
7001 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ | |
7002 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.") | |
7003 | |
7004 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7005 | |
7006 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
7007 | |
7008 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
7009 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point. | |
7010 | |
7011 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7012 Only useful with a windowing system. | |
7013 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
7014 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
7015 | |
7016 ;;;*** | |
7017 | |
25876 | 7018 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
7019 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
7020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
7021 | |
7022 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
7023 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
7024 | |
7025 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
7026 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
7027 | |
7028 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
7029 | |
7030 ;;;*** | |
7031 | |
7032 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
25998 | 7033 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671)) |
25876 | 7034 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
7035 | |
7036 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7037 This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
25876 | 7038 |
7039 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7040 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7041 |
7042 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7043 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7044 |
7045 ;;;*** | |
7046 | |
7047 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
25998 | 7048 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14118 2245)) |
25876 | 7049 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
7050 | |
7051 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
7052 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
7053 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
7054 | |
7055 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
7056 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
7057 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
7058 | |
7059 ;;;*** | |
7060 | |
25998 | 7061 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403)) |
25876 | 7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
7063 | |
7064 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
7065 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
7066 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
7067 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
7068 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
7069 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
7070 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
7071 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
7072 icon-tab-always-indent | |
7073 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
7074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
7075 icon-auto-newline | |
7076 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
7077 inserted in Icon code. | |
7078 icon-indent-level | |
7079 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
7080 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
7081 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
7082 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
7083 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
7084 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
7085 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
7086 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
7087 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
7088 icon-brace-offset | |
7089 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
7090 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
7091 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
7092 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
7093 | |
7094 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
7095 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7096 | |
7097 ;;;*** | |
7098 | |
25998 | 7099 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263)) |
25876 | 7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
7101 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
7102 | |
7103 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
7104 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
7105 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
7106 | |
7107 ;;;*** | |
7108 | |
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image | |
7110 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
7111 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14344 1003)) |
25876 | 7112 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
7113 | |
7114 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ | |
7115 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
7116 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
7117 be determined." nil nil) | |
7118 | |
7119 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
7120 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
7121 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
7122 | |
7123 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
7124 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE. | |
7125 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted | |
7126 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes. | |
7127 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type. | |
7128 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, | |
7129 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'. | |
7130 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) | |
7131 | |
7132 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 7133 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 7134 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 7135 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
7136 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
7137 image. | |
25876 | 7138 POS may be an integer or marker. |
7139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
7140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7142 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7143 |
7144 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
7145 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 7146 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
7147 with a `display' property whose value is the image. | |
25876 | 7148 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
7149 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7150 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7151 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7152 |
7153 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
7154 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
7155 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
7156 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
7157 | |
7158 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ | |
7159 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
7160 | |
7161 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
7162 documentation string. | |
7163 | |
7164 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
7165 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
7166 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE | |
7167 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the | |
7168 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE | |
7169 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL. | |
7170 | |
7171 Example: | |
7172 | |
7173 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
7174 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
7175 | |
7176 ;;;*** | |
7177 | |
7178 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
25998 | 7179 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489)) |
25876 | 7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
7181 | |
7182 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
7183 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
7184 | |
7185 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
7186 | |
7187 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
7188 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
7189 in the buffer. | |
7190 | |
7191 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
7192 | |
7193 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
7194 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
7195 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
7196 | |
7197 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
7198 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7199 | |
7200 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
7201 to create a buffer index. | |
7202 | |
7203 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
7204 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
7205 or like this: | |
7206 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
7207 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
7208 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
7209 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...) | |
7210 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
7211 | |
7212 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
7213 entries are not nested. | |
7214 | |
7215 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
7216 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
7217 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
7218 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
7219 | |
7220 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
7221 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
7222 | |
7223 The variable is buffer-local. | |
7224 | |
7225 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
7226 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
7227 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
7228 | |
7229 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
7230 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
7231 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
7232 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
7233 | |
7234 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
7235 | |
7236 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
7237 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7238 | |
7239 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
7240 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
7241 | |
7242 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
7243 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
7244 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
7245 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
7246 if it is a sub-alist. | |
7247 | |
7248 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
7249 | |
7250 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
7251 | |
7252 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
7253 | |
7254 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
7255 Function for finding the next index position. | |
7256 | |
7257 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
7258 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
7259 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
7260 file. | |
7261 | |
7262 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
7263 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
7264 | |
7265 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7266 | |
7267 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
7268 | |
7269 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
7270 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
7271 | |
7272 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
7273 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
7274 It should return the name for that index item. | |
7275 | |
7276 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7277 | |
7278 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
7279 | |
25998 | 7280 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
7281 Function to compare string with index item. | |
7282 | |
7283 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
7284 non-nil if they match. | |
7285 | |
7286 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
7287 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
7288 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
7289 arguments match\". | |
7290 | |
7291 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7292 | |
7293 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
7294 | |
25876 | 7295 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
7296 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
7297 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
7298 | |
7299 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
7300 | |
7301 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
7302 | |
7303 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
7304 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
7305 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
7306 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
7307 | |
7308 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
7309 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
7310 | |
7311 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
7312 | |
7313 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
7314 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
7315 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
7316 for more information." t nil) | |
7317 | |
7318 ;;;*** | |
7319 | |
25998 | 7320 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
7321 ;;;;;; (13898 16429)) | |
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el | |
25876 | 7323 |
7324 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
7325 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
7326 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
7327 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
7328 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
7329 | |
7330 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
7331 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
7332 | |
7333 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
7334 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
7335 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
7336 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
7337 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
7338 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
7339 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
7340 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
7341 | |
7342 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
7343 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
7344 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
7345 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
7346 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
7347 | |
7348 More precise choices: | |
7349 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
7350 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
7351 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
7352 | |
7353 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
7354 | |
7355 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
7356 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
7357 | |
7358 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
7359 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
7360 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
7361 to that buffer. | |
7362 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
7363 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
7364 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
7365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
7366 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
7367 | |
7368 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
7369 | |
7370 ;;;*** | |
7371 | |
7372 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
7373 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
7374 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14344 1005)) |
25876 | 7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
7376 | |
7377 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
7378 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
7379 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
7380 | |
7381 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
7382 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
7383 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
7384 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 7385 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
7386 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 7387 |
7388 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
7389 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
7390 | |
7391 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
7392 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | |
7393 in all the directories in that path." t nil) | |
7394 | |
7395 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
7396 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
7397 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
7398 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
7399 | |
7400 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ | |
7401 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
7402 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
7403 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
7404 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
7405 | |
7406 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
7407 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
7408 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. | |
7409 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
7410 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
7411 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
7412 | |
7413 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
7414 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
7415 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
7416 | |
7417 ;;;*** | |
7418 | |
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
7420 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
25998 | 7421 ;;;;;; (14272 15606)) |
25876 | 7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
7423 | |
7424 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
7425 Throw away all cached data. | |
7426 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
7427 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
7428 system." t nil) | |
7429 | |
7430 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
7431 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
7432 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
7433 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
7434 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 7435 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
7436 | |
7437 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 7438 |
7439 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
7440 Display the documentation of a file. | |
7441 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
7442 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
7443 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 7444 The default file name is the one found at point. |
7445 | |
7446 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 7447 |
7448 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
7449 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
7450 | |
7451 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
7452 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
7453 | |
7454 ;;;*** | |
7455 | |
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 7457 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
7459 | |
7460 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
7461 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
7462 | |
7463 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
7464 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
7465 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
7466 | |
7467 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
7468 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
7469 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
7470 | |
7471 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
7472 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
7473 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
7474 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
7475 | |
7476 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
7477 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
7478 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
7479 | |
7480 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
7481 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
7482 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
7483 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
7484 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
7485 | |
7486 ;;;*** | |
7487 | |
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
7489 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
25998 | 7490 ;;;;;; (13770 35556)) |
25876 | 7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
7492 | |
7493 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
7494 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
7495 | |
7496 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
7497 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
7498 | |
7499 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
7500 | |
7501 ;;;*** | |
7502 | |
7503 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
25998 | 7504 ;;;;;; (14127 16274)) |
25876 | 7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
7506 | |
7507 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
7508 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
7509 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
7510 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
7511 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
7512 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
7513 | |
7514 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
7515 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
7516 | |
7517 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
7518 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
7519 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
7520 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
7521 /a gives a with ring. | |
7522 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
7523 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
7524 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
7525 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
7526 | |
7527 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
7528 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
7529 | |
7530 ;;;*** | |
7531 | |
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
7533 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex | |
7534 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" | |
25998 | 7535 ;;;;;; (13768 42838)) |
25876 | 7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
7537 | |
7538 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7539 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
7540 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7541 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7542 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7543 | |
7544 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7545 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
7546 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7547 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7548 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7549 | |
7550 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7551 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
7552 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7553 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7554 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7555 | |
7556 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7557 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
7558 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7559 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7560 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7561 | |
7562 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7563 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
7564 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7565 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7566 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7567 | |
7568 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7569 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
7570 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7571 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7572 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7573 | |
7574 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7575 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
7576 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7577 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7578 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7579 | |
7580 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7581 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
7582 | |
7583 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7584 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
7585 | |
7586 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7587 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
7588 | |
7589 ;;;*** | |
7590 | |
7591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
25998 | 7592 ;;;;;; (14164 4477)) |
25876 | 7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
7594 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
7595 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
7596 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
7597 | |
7598 ;;;*** | |
7599 | |
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | |
7601 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | |
7602 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
7603 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 7604 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
7605 ;;;;;; (14335 43064)) | |
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el | |
25876 | 7607 |
7608 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ | |
7609 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
7610 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
7611 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
7612 | |
7613 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
7614 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
7615 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
7616 | |
7617 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | |
7618 | |
7619 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
7620 | |
7621 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | |
7622 | |
7623 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
7624 | |
7625 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
7626 | |
25998 | 7627 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 7628 |
7629 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
7630 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
7631 | |
7632 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
7633 | |
7634 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
7635 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
7636 | |
7637 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
7638 nil means the default dictionary. | |
7639 | |
7640 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
7641 word. | |
7642 | |
7643 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
7644 | |
7645 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
7646 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
7647 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
7648 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
7649 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
7650 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
7651 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
7652 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
7653 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
7654 | |
7655 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
7656 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
7657 single word. | |
7658 | |
7659 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
7660 subprocess. | |
7661 | |
7662 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
7663 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
7664 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
7665 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
7666 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
7667 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
7668 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
7669 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
7670 | |
7671 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
7672 | |
7673 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
7674 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
7675 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
7676 | |
7677 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
7678 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
7679 | |
7680 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
7681 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
7682 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
7683 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
7684 | |
7685 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version)))) | |
7686 | |
7687 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))) | |
7688 | |
7689 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))) | |
7690 | |
7691 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))) | |
7692 | |
7693 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
7694 | |
7695 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\ | |
7696 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | |
7697 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
7698 Valid forms include: | |
7699 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
7700 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
7701 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
7702 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
7703 | |
7704 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | |
7705 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | |
7706 First list is used raw. | |
7707 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
7708 | |
7709 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
7710 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
7711 | |
7712 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
7713 | |
7714 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
7715 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
7716 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
7717 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
7718 | |
7719 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
7720 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
7721 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
7722 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
7723 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
7724 | |
7725 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
7726 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
7727 | |
7728 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
7729 | |
7730 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
7731 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil) | |
7732 | |
7733 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
7734 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
7735 | |
7736 Selections are: | |
7737 | |
7738 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
7739 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
7740 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
7741 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
7742 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
7743 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
7744 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
7745 `?': Show these commands. | |
7746 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
7747 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
7748 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
7749 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
7750 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
7751 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
7752 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
7753 `C-l': redraws screen | |
7754 `C-r': recursive edit | |
7755 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
7756 | |
7757 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
7758 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
7759 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
7760 | |
7761 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
7762 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
7763 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
7764 | |
7765 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
7766 | |
7767 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
7768 | |
7769 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
7770 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
7771 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil) | |
7772 | |
7773 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
7774 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
7775 | |
7776 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
7777 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
7778 | |
7779 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
7780 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
7781 | |
7782 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
7783 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
7784 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
7785 sequence inside of a word. | |
7786 | |
7787 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
7788 | |
7789 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
7790 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
7791 | |
7792 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | |
7793 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
7794 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
7795 | |
7796 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | |
7797 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
7798 | |
7799 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
7800 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
7801 | |
7802 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
7803 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
7804 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
7805 Don't check included messages. | |
7806 | |
7807 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
7808 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
7809 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
7810 | |
7811 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
7812 in your .emacs file: | |
7813 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
7814 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
7815 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
7816 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
7817 | |
7818 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
7819 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
7820 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
7821 | |
7822 ;;;*** | |
7823 | |
7824 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
7825 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
7826 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14347 61960)) |
25876 | 7827 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
7828 | |
7829 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
7830 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
7831 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
7832 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
7833 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
7834 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
7835 | |
7836 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
7837 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
7838 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
7839 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil) | |
7840 | |
7841 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
7842 Switch to another buffer. | |
7843 | |
7844 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
7845 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
7846 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
7847 in another frame. | |
7848 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
7849 | |
7850 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
7851 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
7852 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
7853 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
7854 | |
7855 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
7856 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
7857 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
7858 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
7859 | |
7860 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
7861 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
7862 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
7863 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
7864 | |
7865 ;;;*** | |
7866 | |
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
7868 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
7869 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal | |
7870 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
7871 ;;;;;; (14347 63248)) |
25876 | 7872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
7873 | |
7874 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\ | |
7875 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil) | |
7876 | |
7877 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
7878 | |
7879 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
7880 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
7881 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
7882 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
7883 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
7884 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
7885 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
7886 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
7887 | |
7888 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
7889 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
7890 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
7891 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
7892 | |
7893 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
7894 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
7895 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
7896 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
7897 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
7898 | |
7899 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
7900 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
7901 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
7902 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
7903 | |
7904 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
7905 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
7906 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
7907 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
7908 | |
7909 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
7910 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
7911 | |
7912 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
7913 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
7914 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
7915 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
7916 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
7917 | |
7918 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
7919 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
7920 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
7921 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
7922 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
7923 | |
7924 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
7925 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
7926 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
7927 | |
7928 ;;;*** | |
7929 | |
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" | |
25998 | 7931 ;;;;;; (14275 59802)) |
25876 | 7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
7933 | |
7934 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\ | |
7935 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode. | |
7936 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
7937 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'. | |
7938 | |
7939 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the | |
7940 following ways: | |
7941 | |
7942 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code. | |
7943 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur. | |
7944 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling | |
7945 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is | |
7946 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. | |
7947 | |
7948 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
7949 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
7950 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
7951 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
7952 | |
7953 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is | |
7954 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to | |
7955 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs | |
7956 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs | |
7957 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified | |
7958 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where | |
7959 strings or comments span lines. | |
7960 | |
7961 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
7962 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
7963 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
7964 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil) | |
7965 | |
7966 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\ | |
7967 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil) | |
7968 | |
7969 ;;;*** | |
7970 | |
25998 | 7971 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
7972 ;;;;;; (14344 1006)) |
25876 | 7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 7974 |
7975 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
7976 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
7977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
7978 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
7979 | |
7980 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7981 | |
7982 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
25876 | 7983 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg) |
7984 "\ | |
7985 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
7986 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
7987 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." | |
7988 (interactive "P") | |
7989 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p)) | |
7990 (progn | |
7991 (require 'jka-compr) | |
7992 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off. | |
7993 (toggle-auto-compression))) | |
7994 (toggle-auto-compression arg t)) | |
7995 | |
7996 ;;;*** | |
7997 | |
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 7999 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
8001 | |
8002 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
8003 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
8004 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
8005 | |
8006 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
8007 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
8008 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
8009 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
8010 shorter. | |
8011 | |
8012 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
8013 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
8014 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
8015 | |
8016 ;;;*** | |
8017 | |
8018 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810 | |
8019 ;;;;;; 39847)) | |
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el | |
8021 | |
8022 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | |
8023 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
8024 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
8025 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
8026 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
8027 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
8028 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
8029 | |
8030 ;;;*** | |
8031 | |
8032 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment) | |
25998 | 8033 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672)) |
25876 | 8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
8035 | |
25998 | 8036 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 8037 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
8038 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
8039 | |
8040 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\ | |
8041 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil) | |
8042 | |
8043 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
8044 | |
8045 ;;;*** | |
8046 | |
8047 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
25998 | 8048 ;;;;;; (14256 23599)) |
25876 | 8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
8050 | |
8051 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
8052 | |
8053 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
8054 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
8055 | |
8056 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
8057 | |
8058 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
8059 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
8060 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
8061 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
8062 | |
8063 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
8064 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8065 none / 1 | yes | no | |
8066 2 | yes | yes | |
8067 3 | no | yes | |
8068 4 | no | no | |
8069 | |
8070 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
8071 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
8072 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8073 | |
8074 ;;;*** | |
8075 | |
8076 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" | |
25998 | 8077 ;;;;;; (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
8079 | |
8080 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\ | |
8081 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil) | |
8082 | |
8083 ;;;*** | |
8084 | |
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
25998 | 8086 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461)) |
25876 | 8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
8088 | |
8089 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8090 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
8091 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
8092 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
8093 | |
8094 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
8095 | |
8096 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
8097 | |
8098 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
8099 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
8100 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
8101 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
8102 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
8103 for large buffers. | |
8104 | |
8105 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
8106 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
8107 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
8108 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
8109 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
8110 | |
8111 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
8112 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
8113 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8114 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
8115 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
8116 | |
8117 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
8118 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
8119 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
8120 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
8121 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
8122 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
8123 | |
8124 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8125 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8126 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8127 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8128 | |
8129 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
8130 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
8131 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
8132 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
8133 | |
8134 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8135 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8136 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8137 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
8138 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
8139 | |
8140 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8141 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8142 | |
8143 ;;;*** | |
8144 | |
8145 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
25998 | 8146 ;;;;;; (14280 10549)) |
25876 | 8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
8148 | |
8149 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
8150 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
8151 | |
8152 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
8153 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
8154 | |
8155 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
8156 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
8157 | |
8158 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
8159 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
8160 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
8161 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
8162 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8163 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8164 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
8165 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
8166 and transmit saved text. | |
8167 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
8168 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
8169 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
8170 | |
8171 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
8172 | |
8173 ;;;*** | |
8174 | |
25998 | 8175 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
8177 | |
8178 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
8179 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
8180 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
8181 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
8182 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
8183 | |
8184 ;;;*** | |
8185 | |
8186 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935 | |
8187 ;;;;;; 16173)) | |
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el | |
8189 | |
8190 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
8191 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
8192 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE | |
8193 is nil, raise an error." t nil) | |
8194 | |
8195 ;;;*** | |
8196 | |
8197 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8198 ;;;;;; (14344 1013)) |
25876 | 8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
8200 | |
8201 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8202 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8203 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 8204 |
8205 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
8206 Run the locate command with a filter." t nil) | |
8207 | |
8208 ;;;*** | |
8209 | |
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer | |
8211 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14149 | |
8212 ;;;;;; 56563)) | |
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el | |
8214 | |
8215 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
8216 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
8217 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
8218 | |
8219 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
8220 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
8221 | |
8222 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
8223 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
8224 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
8225 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
8226 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
8227 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
8228 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
8229 | |
8230 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
8231 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
8232 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
8233 switch on this list. | |
8234 See `lpr-command'.") | |
8235 | |
8236 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
8237 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
8238 | |
8239 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
8240 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
8241 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
8242 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
8243 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
8244 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
8245 argument.") | |
8246 | |
8247 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
8248 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'. | |
8249 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8250 | |
8251 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
8252 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'. | |
8253 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8254 | |
8255 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
8256 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'. | |
8257 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8258 | |
8259 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
8260 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'. | |
8261 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8262 | |
8263 ;;;*** | |
8264 | |
25998 | 8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14251 18531)) |
25876 | 8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
8267 | |
8268 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
8269 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
8270 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
8271 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
8272 package is used.") | |
8273 | |
8274 ;;;*** | |
8275 | |
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
8277 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
8279 | |
8280 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
8281 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
8282 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
8283 | |
8284 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
8285 | |
8286 ;;;*** | |
8287 | |
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962 | |
25998 | 8289 ;;;;;; 30919)) |
25876 | 8290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
8291 | |
8292 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
8293 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
8294 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
8295 " t nil) | |
8296 | |
8297 ;;;*** | |
8298 | |
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
25998 | 8300 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
25876 | 8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
8302 | |
8303 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
8304 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
8305 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
8306 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
8307 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
8308 | |
8309 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
8310 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
8311 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
8312 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
8313 | |
8314 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
8315 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
8316 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
8317 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
8318 bindings. | |
8319 | |
8320 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
8321 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
8322 | |
8323 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
8324 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
8325 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
8326 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
8327 each time the macro executes. | |
8328 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
8329 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
8330 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
8331 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
8332 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
8333 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
8334 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
8335 | |
8336 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
8337 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
8338 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
8339 | |
8340 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
8341 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
8342 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
8343 execute. | |
8344 | |
8345 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
8346 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
8347 | |
8348 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
8349 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
8350 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
8351 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
8352 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
8353 | |
8354 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
8355 looked like this: | |
8356 | |
8357 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
8358 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
8359 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
8360 | |
8361 You could enter the names in this format: | |
8362 | |
8363 foo | |
8364 bar | |
8365 baz | |
8366 | |
8367 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
8368 | |
8369 \\C-x ( | |
8370 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
8371 \\C-x ) | |
8372 | |
8373 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
8374 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
8375 " t nil) | |
8376 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
8377 | |
8378 ;;;*** | |
8379 | |
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 8381 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
8383 | |
8384 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
8385 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
8386 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
8387 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
8388 | |
8389 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
8390 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
8391 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
8392 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
8393 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
8394 | |
8395 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
8396 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
8397 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
8398 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
8399 | |
8400 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
8401 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
8402 | |
8403 ;;;*** | |
8404 | |
8405 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
8406 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
25998 | 8407 ;;;;;; (14075 51598)) |
25876 | 8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
8409 | |
8410 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
8411 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
8412 | |
8413 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
8414 | |
8415 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
8416 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
8417 | |
8418 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
8419 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
8420 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
8421 message. | |
8422 | |
8423 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
8424 | |
8425 ;;;*** | |
8426 | |
25998 | 8427 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
8428 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
8429 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263 | |
8430 ;;;;;; 33297)) | |
25876 | 8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
8432 | |
8433 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
8434 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
8435 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
8436 often correct parser.") | |
8437 | |
8438 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
8439 | |
25998 | 8440 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
8441 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
8442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8443 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
8444 | |
8445 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
8446 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
8447 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8448 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
8449 | |
8450 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
8451 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
8452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8453 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
8454 | |
25876 | 8455 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
8456 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
8457 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
8458 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
8459 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
8460 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
8461 | |
8462 ;;;*** | |
8463 | |
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
25998 | 8465 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539)) |
25876 | 8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
8467 | |
8468 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
8469 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
8470 | |
8471 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
8472 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
8473 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
8474 | |
8475 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
8476 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
8477 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
8478 | |
8479 ;;;*** | |
8480 | |
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
8482 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
8483 ;;;;;; 15767)) | |
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el | |
8485 | |
8486 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
8487 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
8488 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
8489 king@grassland.com | |
8490 If `parens', they look like: | |
8491 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
8492 If `angles', they look like: | |
8493 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
8494 | |
8495 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
8496 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
8497 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
8498 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
8499 their `Resent-' variants. | |
8500 | |
8501 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
8502 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
8503 | |
8504 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
8505 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
8506 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
8507 | |
8508 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
8509 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
8510 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
8511 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
8512 | |
8513 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
8514 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
8515 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
8516 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
8517 | |
8518 ;;;*** | |
8519 | |
8520 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
25998 | 8521 ;;;;;; (14013 4466)) |
25876 | 8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
8523 | |
8524 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
8525 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
8526 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
8527 | |
8528 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
8529 | |
8530 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
8531 | |
8532 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
8533 | |
8534 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
8535 | |
8536 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
8537 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
8538 | |
8539 makefile-target-colon: | |
8540 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
8541 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
8542 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
8543 | |
8544 makefile-macro-assign: | |
8545 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
8546 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
8547 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
8548 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake | |
8549 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you | |
8550 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
8551 | |
8552 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
8553 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
8554 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
8555 | |
8556 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
8557 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
8558 | |
8559 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
8560 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
8561 up or down in the browser. | |
8562 | |
8563 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
8564 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
8565 | |
8566 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
8567 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
8568 | |
8569 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
8570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
8571 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
8572 has been selected in the browser. | |
8573 | |
8574 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
8575 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
8576 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
8577 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
8578 filenames are omitted. | |
8579 | |
8580 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
8581 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode | |
8582 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash | |
8583 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
8584 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
8585 the backslash itself intact. | |
8586 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode | |
8587 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". | |
8588 | |
8589 makefile-browser-hook: | |
8590 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
8591 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
8592 | |
8593 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
8594 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
8595 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
8596 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
8597 | |
8598 ;;;*** | |
8599 | |
8600 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 8601 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 8602 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
8603 | |
8604 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
8605 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
8606 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
8607 | |
8608 ;;;*** | |
8609 | |
25998 | 8610 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234)) |
25876 | 8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
8612 | |
8613 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
8614 | |
8615 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
8616 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
8617 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
8618 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
8619 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
8620 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
8621 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil) | |
8622 | |
8623 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
8624 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
8625 | |
8626 ;;;*** | |
8627 | |
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
8629 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
8630 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
8631 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
8632 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
8633 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
8634 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
8635 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
8636 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476)) | |
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el | |
8638 | |
8639 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
8640 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
8641 | |
8642 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
8643 king@grassland.com | |
8644 If `parens', they look like: | |
8645 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
8646 If `angles', they look like: | |
8647 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
8648 | |
8649 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
8650 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
8651 | |
8652 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
8653 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
8654 | |
8655 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
8656 *Local news organization file.") | |
8657 | |
8658 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
8659 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
8660 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
8661 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
8662 | |
8663 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
8664 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and | |
8665 `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
8666 | |
8667 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
8668 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
8669 | |
8670 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
8671 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. | |
8672 nil means use indentation.") | |
8673 | |
8674 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
8675 *Function for citing an original message. | |
8676 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
8677 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
8678 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
8679 | |
8680 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
8681 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
8682 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
8683 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
8684 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
8685 | |
8686 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
8687 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
8688 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
8689 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
8690 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
8691 | |
8692 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
8693 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
8694 | |
8695 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil)) | |
8696 | |
8697 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
8698 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
8699 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
8700 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
8701 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
8702 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
8703 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
8704 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
8705 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
8706 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
8707 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
8708 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
8709 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
8710 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
8711 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
8712 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
8713 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
8714 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
8715 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
8716 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). | |
8717 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil) | |
8718 | |
8719 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
8720 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
8721 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
8722 | |
8723 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
8724 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
8725 | |
8726 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
8727 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
8728 | |
8729 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
8730 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
8731 | |
8732 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
8733 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
8734 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
8735 | |
8736 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
8737 Cancel an article you posted." t nil) | |
8738 | |
8739 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
8740 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
8741 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
8742 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
8743 | |
8744 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
8745 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
8746 | |
8747 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
8748 Forward the current message via mail. | |
8749 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil) | |
8750 | |
8751 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
8752 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
8753 | |
8754 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
8755 Re-mail the current message. | |
8756 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than | |
8757 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
8758 you." t nil) | |
8759 | |
8760 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
8761 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
8762 | |
8763 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
8764 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
8765 | |
8766 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
8767 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
8768 | |
8769 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
8770 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
8771 | |
8772 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
8773 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
8774 Works by overstriking characters. | |
8775 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
8776 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
8777 | |
8778 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
8779 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
8780 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
8781 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
8782 | |
8783 ;;;*** | |
8784 | |
8785 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 8786 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
8788 | |
8789 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
8790 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
8791 Special commands: | |
8792 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
8793 | |
8794 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
8795 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
8796 | |
8797 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
8798 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
8799 Special commands: | |
8800 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
8801 | |
8802 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
8803 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
8804 | |
8805 ;;;*** | |
8806 | |
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
8808 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8809 ;;;;;; (14344 1065)) |
25876 | 8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
8811 | |
8812 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
8813 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
8814 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
8815 | |
8816 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
8817 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
8818 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
8819 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
8820 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
8821 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
8822 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
8823 | |
8824 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
8825 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
8826 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
8827 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
8828 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
8829 means current). | |
8830 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
8831 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
8832 | |
8833 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
8834 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
8835 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
8836 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
8837 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
8838 means current). | |
8839 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
8840 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
8841 | |
8842 ;;;*** | |
8843 | |
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
25998 | 8845 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14288 25329)) |
25876 | 8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
8847 | |
8848 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
8849 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
8850 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
8851 to the MH mail system. | |
8852 | |
8853 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
8854 | |
8855 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
8856 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
8857 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
8858 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
8859 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
8860 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
8861 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
8862 | |
8863 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
8864 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
8865 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
8866 to the MH mail system. | |
8867 | |
8868 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
8869 | |
8870 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
8871 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
8872 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
8873 using the MH mail handling system. | |
8874 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
8875 messages. | |
8876 | |
8877 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
8878 | |
8879 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
8880 | |
8881 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
8882 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
8883 the yanked message. | |
8884 | |
8885 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
8886 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
8887 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
8888 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
8889 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
8890 | |
8891 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
8892 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
8893 inserted in a draft letter. | |
8894 | |
8895 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
8896 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
8897 | |
8898 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
8899 | |
8900 ;;;*** | |
8901 | |
25998 | 8902 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14263 |
8903 ;;;;;; 35467)) | |
25876 | 8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
8905 | |
8906 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
8907 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
8908 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
8909 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
8910 | |
8911 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
8912 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
8913 | |
8914 ;;;*** | |
8915 | |
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041)) | |
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el | |
8918 | |
8919 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
8920 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
8921 | |
8922 ;;;*** | |
8923 | |
25998 | 8924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14244 17344)) |
25876 | 8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
8926 | |
8927 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
8928 | |
8929 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
8930 | |
8931 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
8932 | |
8933 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
8934 | |
8935 ;;;*** | |
8936 | |
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
25998 | 8938 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445)) |
25876 | 8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
8940 | |
8941 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
8942 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
8943 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
8944 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
8945 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
8946 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
8947 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
8948 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
8949 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
8950 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
8951 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
8952 | |
8953 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
8954 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
8955 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
8956 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
8957 | |
8958 ;;;*** | |
8959 | |
8960 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
8961 ;;;;;; (12536 45574)) | |
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el | |
8963 | |
8964 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
8965 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
8966 | |
8967 ;;;*** | |
8968 | |
8969 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
25998 | 8970 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
8972 | |
8973 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
8974 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
8975 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
8976 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
8977 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
8978 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
8979 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
8980 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
8981 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
8982 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
8983 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
8984 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
8985 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
8986 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
8987 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
8988 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
8989 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
8990 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
8991 \\[m2-link] link | |
8992 | |
8993 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
8994 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
8995 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
8996 | |
8997 ;;;*** | |
8998 | |
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118 | |
25998 | 9000 ;;;;;; 2283)) |
25876 | 9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
9002 | |
9003 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
9004 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
9005 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9006 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
9007 | |
9008 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
9009 | |
9010 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
9011 | |
9012 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
9013 | |
9014 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
9015 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
9016 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
9017 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
9018 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
9019 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
9020 | |
9021 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
9022 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection | |
9023 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function | |
9024 and interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
9025 | |
9026 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
9027 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
9028 | |
9029 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
9030 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
9031 | |
9032 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
9033 | |
9034 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
9035 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
9036 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
9037 | |
9038 ;;;*** | |
9039 | |
25998 | 9040 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
9042 | |
9043 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
9044 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
9045 | |
9046 ;;;*** | |
9047 | |
25998 | 9048 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030)) |
25876 | 9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
9050 | |
9051 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
9052 Toggle msb-mode. | |
9053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9054 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
9055 | |
9056 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9057 | |
9058 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
9059 | |
9060 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
9061 Toggle Msb mode. | |
9062 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
9063 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
9064 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
9065 | |
9066 ;;;*** | |
9067 | |
9068 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
9069 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-systems | |
9070 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
9071 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" | |
25998 | 9072 ;;;;;; (14184 58903)) |
25876 | 9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
9074 | |
9075 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9076 Display a list of all character sets. | |
9077 | |
9078 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use. | |
9079 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer | |
9080 by any character in this character set. | |
9081 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen | |
9082 by any character in this character set. | |
9083 | |
9084 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9085 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
9086 | |
9087 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9088 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
9089 | |
9090 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9091 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
9092 | |
9093 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
9094 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
9095 at the place of `..': | |
9096 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer) | |
9097 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer) | |
9098 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | |
9099 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system) | |
9100 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system. | |
9101 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system) | |
9102 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9103 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9104 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9105 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9106 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
9107 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system | |
9108 `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
9109 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read | |
9110 `default-process-coding-system' for write | |
9111 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil) | |
9112 | |
9113 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9114 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
9115 | |
9116 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9117 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
9118 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
9119 | |
9120 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9121 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
9122 | |
9123 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9124 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
9125 | |
9126 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9127 Display information of FONTSET. | |
9128 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts | |
9129 contained in FONTSET. | |
9130 | |
9131 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset | |
9132 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this | |
9133 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any | |
9134 frame. | |
9135 | |
9136 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters: | |
9137 o -- font already opened | |
9138 - -- font not yet opened | |
9139 x -- font can't be opened | |
9140 ? -- no font specified | |
9141 | |
9142 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set | |
9143 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil) | |
9144 | |
9145 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9146 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
9147 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
9148 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
9149 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
9150 | |
9151 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9152 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
9153 | |
9154 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9155 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
9156 | |
9157 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
9158 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
9159 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
9160 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
9161 | |
9162 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9163 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
9164 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
9165 | |
9166 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9167 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
9168 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
9169 | |
9170 ;;;*** | |
9171 | |
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-chars compose-chars-component | |
9173 ;;;;;; decompose-string decompose-region compose-region detect-coding-with-language-environment | |
9174 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
9175 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion | |
9176 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
9177 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
9178 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
25998 | 9179 ;;;;;; (14184 58943)) |
25876 | 9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
9181 | |
9182 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
9183 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
9184 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
9185 | |
9186 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
9187 | |
9188 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
9189 | |
9190 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
9191 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
9192 | |
9193 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
9194 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
9195 The optional 2nd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies | |
9196 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying | |
9197 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
9198 | |
9199 The optional 3rd arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character | |
9200 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, | |
9201 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
9202 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
9203 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
9204 | |
9205 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
9206 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
9207 | |
9208 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
9209 | |
9210 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
9211 | |
9212 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
9213 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
9214 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
9215 is considered. | |
9216 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
9217 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
9218 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
9219 | |
9220 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
9221 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
9222 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
9223 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
9224 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
9225 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
9226 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
9227 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
9228 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
9229 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
9230 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
9231 | |
9232 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
9233 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
9234 | |
9235 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
9236 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
9237 | |
9238 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
9239 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
9240 | |
9241 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
9242 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
9243 | |
9244 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
9245 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
9246 | |
9247 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
9248 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
9249 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
9250 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
9251 | |
9252 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
9253 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
9254 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
9255 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
9256 | |
9257 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
9258 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
9259 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
9260 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
9261 | |
9262 (autoload (quote compose-region) "mule-util" "\ | |
9263 Compose all characters in the current region into one composite character. | |
9264 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
9265 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
9266 | |
9267 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "mule-util" "\ | |
9268 Decompose all composite characters in the current region. | |
9269 Composite characters are broken up into individual components. | |
9270 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
9271 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
9272 | |
9273 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "mule-util" "\ | |
9274 Decompose all composite characters in STRING." nil nil) | |
9275 | |
9276 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (ml . 3) (mc . 4) (mr . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 4) (mid-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (0 . 0) (1 . 1) (2 . 2) (3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 5) (6 . 6) (7 . 7) (8 . 8))) "\ | |
9277 Alist of reference point symbols vs reference point codes. | |
9278 A reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule | |
9279 while making a composite character by the function `compose-chars' | |
9280 \(which see). | |
9281 | |
9282 Meanings of reference point codes are as follows: | |
9283 | |
9284 0----1----2 <-- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
9285 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
9286 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
9287 | | 3:ml or mid-left | |
9288 | 4 <--+---- center 4:mc or mid-center | |
9289 | | 5:mr or mid-right | |
9290 --- 3 5 <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
9291 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
9292 6----7----8 <-- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
9293 | |
9294 Reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of | |
9295 the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT | |
9296 is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and | |
9297 NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added. | |
9298 | |
9299 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is 8 and NEW-REF-POINT is 1, the | |
9300 overall glyph is updated as follows: | |
9301 | |
9302 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
9303 | | | | |
9304 | global| | | |
9305 | glyph | | | |
9306 --- | | | <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
9307 +----+--+--+ | |
9308 | | new | | |
9309 | |glyph| | |
9310 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
9311 ") | |
9312 | |
9313 (autoload (quote compose-chars-component) "mule-util" nil nil nil) | |
9314 | |
9315 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "mule-util" "\ | |
9316 Return one char string composed from the arguments. | |
9317 For relative composition, each argument should be a non-composition character | |
9318 or a relative-composition character. | |
9319 For rule-based composition, Nth (where N is odd) argument should be | |
9320 a non-composition character or a rule-based-composition character, | |
9321 and Mth (where M is even) argument should be a composition rule. | |
9322 A composition rule has the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). | |
9323 See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
9324 | |
9325 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "mule-util" "\ | |
9326 Convert composite character CHAR to a sequence of the components. | |
9327 Optional 1st arg TYPE specifies the type of sequence returned. | |
9328 It should be `string' (default), `list', or `vector'. | |
9329 Optional 2nd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE non-nil means the returned | |
9330 sequence contains embedded composition rules if any. In this case, the | |
9331 order of elements in the sequence is the same as arguments for | |
9332 `compose-chars' to create CHAR. | |
9333 If TYPE is omitted or is `string', composition rules are omitted | |
9334 even if WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is t." nil nil) | |
9335 | |
9336 ;;;*** | |
9337 | |
9338 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9339 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
25876 | 9340 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el" |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9341 ;;;;;; (14344 1016)) |
25876 | 9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el |
9343 | |
9344 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
9345 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
9346 | |
9347 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
9348 Ping HOST. | |
9349 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
9350 `ping-program-options'." t nil) | |
9351 | |
9352 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
9353 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
9354 | |
9355 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
9356 | |
9357 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
9358 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
9359 | |
9360 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
9361 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
9362 | |
9363 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
9364 Run the route program." t nil) | |
9365 | |
9366 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
9367 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
9368 | |
9369 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
9370 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
9371 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9372 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9373 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9374 |
25876 | 9375 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
9376 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
9377 | |
9378 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
9379 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
9380 | |
9381 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
9382 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
9383 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
9384 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
9385 | |
9386 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
9387 | |
9388 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
9389 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
9390 | |
9391 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
9392 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
9393 | |
9394 ;;;*** | |
9395 | |
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030 | |
9397 ;;;;;; 49490)) | |
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el | |
9399 | |
9400 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
9401 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
9402 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
9403 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
9404 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
9405 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
9406 | |
9407 ;;;*** | |
9408 | |
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
9410 ;;;;;; (14030 49496)) | |
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el | |
9412 | |
9413 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
9414 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil) | |
9415 | |
9416 ;;;*** | |
9417 | |
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
9419 ;;;;;; (14030 49502)) | |
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el | |
9421 | |
9422 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
9423 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
9424 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
9425 | |
9426 ;;;*** | |
9427 | |
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
9429 ;;;;;; (14030 49514)) | |
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el | |
9431 | |
9432 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
9433 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
9434 | |
9435 ;;;*** | |
9436 | |
9437 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
25998 | 9438 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539)) |
25876 | 9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
9440 | |
9441 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9442 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
9443 | |
9444 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9445 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
9446 | |
9447 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9448 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
9449 | |
9450 ;;;*** | |
9451 | |
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 9453 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
9455 | |
9456 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
9457 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
9458 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
9459 | |
9460 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
9461 | |
9462 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
9463 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
9464 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
9465 to future sessions." t nil) | |
9466 | |
9467 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
9468 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
9469 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
9470 to future sessions." t nil) | |
9471 | |
9472 ;;;*** | |
9473 | |
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
9475 ;;;;;; (13611 44372)) | |
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el | |
9477 | |
9478 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
9479 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
9480 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
9481 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
9482 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
9483 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
9484 | |
9485 ;;;*** | |
9486 | |
9487 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 9488 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
9490 | |
9491 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
9492 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
9493 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
9494 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
9495 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
9496 | |
9497 ;;;*** | |
9498 | |
9499 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
25998 | 9500 ;;;;;; (14302 32388)) |
25876 | 9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
9502 | |
9503 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
9504 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
9505 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
9506 | |
9507 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
9508 | |
9509 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
9510 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
9511 | |
9512 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
9513 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
9514 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
9515 | |
9516 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
9517 | |
9518 ;;;*** | |
9519 | |
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
25998 | 9521 ;;;;;; (14263 35724)) |
25876 | 9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
9523 | |
9524 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
9525 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
9526 | |
9527 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
9528 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
9529 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
9530 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
9531 | |
9532 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
9533 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
9534 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
9535 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
9536 is why you need this mode!). | |
9537 | |
9538 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
9539 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
9540 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
9541 | |
9542 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
9543 | |
9544 Keybindings | |
9545 =========== | |
9546 | |
9547 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
9548 | |
9549 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
9550 ============================================== | |
9551 | |
9552 octave-auto-indent | |
9553 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
9554 Default is nil. | |
9555 | |
9556 octave-auto-newline | |
9557 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
9558 Default is nil. | |
9559 | |
9560 octave-blink-matching-block | |
9561 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
9562 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
9563 | |
9564 octave-block-offset | |
9565 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
9566 Default is 2. | |
9567 | |
9568 octave-continuation-offset | |
9569 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
9570 Default is 4. | |
9571 | |
9572 octave-continuation-string | |
9573 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
9574 Default is a backslash. | |
9575 | |
9576 octave-mode-startup-message | |
9577 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
9578 Default is t. | |
9579 | |
9580 octave-send-echo-input | |
9581 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
9582 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
9583 | |
9584 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
9585 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
9586 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
9587 | |
9588 octave-send-echo-input | |
9589 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
9590 | |
9591 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
9592 | |
9593 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
9594 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
9595 | |
9596 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
9597 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
9598 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
9599 | |
9600 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
9601 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
9602 | |
9603 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
9604 (lambda () | |
9605 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
9606 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
9607 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
9608 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
9609 | |
9610 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
9611 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
9612 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
9613 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
9614 | |
9615 ;;;*** | |
9616 | |
9617 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
9618 ;;;;;; (14045 29891)) | |
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el | |
9620 | |
9621 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
9622 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil) | |
9623 | |
9624 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
9625 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
9626 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
9627 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
9628 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
9629 | |
9630 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
9631 | |
9632 ;;;*** | |
9633 | |
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
25998 | 9635 ;;;;;; (14249 42166)) |
25876 | 9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
9637 | |
9638 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
9639 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
9640 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
9641 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
9642 | |
9643 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
9644 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
9645 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
9646 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
9647 | |
9648 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
9649 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
9650 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
9651 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
9652 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
9653 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
9654 | |
9655 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
9656 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
9657 | |
9658 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
9659 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
9660 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
9661 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
9662 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
9663 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
9664 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
9665 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
9666 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
9667 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
9668 The subheadings remain visible. | |
9669 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
9670 | |
9671 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
9672 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
9673 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
9674 | |
9675 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
9676 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
9677 | |
9678 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
9679 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
9680 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
9681 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
9682 | |
9683 ;;;*** | |
9684 | |
25998 | 9685 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" |
9686 ;;;;;; (14316 49544)) | |
25876 | 9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
9688 | |
25998 | 9689 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
9690 *Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
9691 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
9692 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
9693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9694 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
9695 | |
9696 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9697 | |
9698 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
9699 | |
25876 | 9700 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
9701 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
9702 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9703 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
9704 | |
9705 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
9706 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
9707 | |
9708 ;;;*** | |
9709 | |
25998 | 9710 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263 |
9711 ;;;;;; 35958)) | |
25876 | 9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
9713 | |
9714 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
9715 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
9716 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
9717 | |
9718 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
9719 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
9720 | |
9721 Other useful functions are: | |
9722 | |
9723 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
9724 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
9725 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
9726 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
9727 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
9728 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
9729 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
9730 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
9731 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
9732 | |
9733 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
9734 | |
9735 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
9736 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
9737 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
9738 Indentation for case statements. | |
9739 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
9740 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
9741 mark after an end. | |
9742 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
9743 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
9744 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
9745 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
9746 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
9747 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
9748 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
9749 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
9750 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
9751 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
9752 | |
9753 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
9754 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
9755 | |
9756 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
9757 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
9758 | |
9759 ;;;*** | |
9760 | |
9761 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 9762 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 9763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
9764 | |
9765 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
9766 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
9767 The keys affected are: | |
9768 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
9769 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
9770 M-Backspace does undo. | |
9771 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
9772 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
9773 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
9774 | |
9775 ;;;*** | |
9776 | |
9777 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
25998 | 9778 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216)) |
25876 | 9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
9780 | |
9781 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
9782 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
9783 | |
9784 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
9785 | |
9786 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
9787 which modify the status of the mark. | |
9788 | |
9789 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
9790 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
9791 | |
9792 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
9793 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
9794 | |
9795 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
9796 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
9797 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
9798 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
9799 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
9800 | |
9801 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
9802 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
9803 | |
9804 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
9805 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
9806 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
9807 | |
9808 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
9809 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
9810 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
9811 | |
9812 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
9813 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
9814 | |
9815 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
9816 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
9817 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
9818 | |
9819 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
9820 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
9821 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
9822 | |
9823 F6 other-window | |
9824 DELETE delete-char | |
9825 C-DELETE kill-line | |
9826 M-DELETE kill-word | |
9827 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
9828 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
9829 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
9830 | |
9831 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
9832 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
9833 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
9834 and cursor movement commands. | |
9835 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
9836 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
9837 | |
9838 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9839 | |
9840 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
9841 | |
9842 ;;;*** | |
9843 | |
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" | |
25998 | 9845 ;;;;;; (13639 61036)) |
25876 | 9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
9847 | |
9848 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
9849 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
9850 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
9851 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
9852 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
9853 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
9854 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
9855 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
9856 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
9857 perl-tab-always-indent | |
9858 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
9859 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
9860 perl-tab-to-comment | |
9861 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
9862 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
9863 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
9864 perl-nochange | |
9865 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
9866 perl-indent-level | |
9867 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
9868 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
9869 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
9870 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
9871 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
9872 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
9873 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
9874 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
9875 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
9876 perl-brace-offset | |
9877 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
9878 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
9879 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
9880 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
9881 perl-label-offset | |
9882 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
9883 | |
9884 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
9885 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
9886 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
9887 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
9888 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
9889 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
9890 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
9891 | |
9892 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9893 | |
9894 ;;;*** | |
9895 | |
9896 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email) | |
9897 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498)) | |
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el | |
9899 | |
9900 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\ | |
9901 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil) | |
9902 | |
9903 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\ | |
9904 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil) | |
9905 | |
9906 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\ | |
9907 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point. | |
9908 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
9909 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than | |
9910 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these | |
9911 onto CCSO database field names. | |
9912 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
9913 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
9914 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
9915 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil) | |
9916 | |
9917 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\ | |
9918 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver. | |
9919 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server | |
9920 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
9921 | |
9922 ;;;*** | |
9923 | |
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9925 ;;;;;; (14347 62026)) |
25876 | 9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
9927 | |
9928 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
9929 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
9930 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
9931 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
9932 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
9933 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
9934 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
9935 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
9936 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
9937 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
9938 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
9939 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
9940 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
9941 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
9942 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
9943 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
9944 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
9945 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
9946 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
9947 with these commands: | |
9948 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
9949 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
9950 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
9951 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
9952 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
9953 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
9954 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
9955 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
9956 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
9957 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
9958 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
9959 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
9960 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
9961 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
9962 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
9963 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
9964 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
9965 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
9966 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
9967 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
9968 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
9969 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
9970 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
9971 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
9972 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
9973 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
9974 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
9975 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
9976 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
9977 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
9978 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
9979 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
9980 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
9981 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
9982 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
9983 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
9984 | |
9985 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
9986 | |
9987 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
9988 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
9989 | |
9990 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
9991 | |
9992 ;;;*** | |
9993 | |
9994 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" | |
9995 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913)) | |
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el | |
9997 | |
9998 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
9999 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
10000 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
10001 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
10002 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
10003 | |
10004 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
10005 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
10006 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
10007 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
10008 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
10009 | |
10010 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
10011 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
10012 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
10013 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
10014 | |
10015 ;;;*** | |
10016 | |
10017 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
25998 | 10018 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
10020 | |
10021 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
10022 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
10023 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
10024 Commands: | |
10025 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
10026 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
10027 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10028 | |
10029 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
10030 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
10031 | |
10032 ;;;*** | |
10033 | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14346 42642)) |
25876 | 10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
10036 | |
10037 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
10038 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
10039 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
10040 | |
10041 ;;;*** | |
10042 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10043 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14339 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10044 ;;;;;; 19431)) |
25998 | 10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
10046 | |
10047 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
10048 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
10049 | |
10050 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
10051 | |
10052 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
10053 be set through the `customize' command: | |
10054 | |
10055 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
10056 ps-mode-tab | |
10057 ps-mode-paper-size | |
10058 ps-mode-print-function | |
10059 ps-run-tmp-dir | |
10060 ps-run-prompt | |
10061 ps-run-x | |
10062 ps-run-dumb | |
10063 ps-run-init | |
10064 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
10065 | |
10066 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
10067 | |
10068 | |
10069 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
10070 | |
10071 | |
10072 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
10073 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
10074 The keymap for this second window is: | |
10075 | |
10076 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
10077 | |
10078 | |
10079 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
10080 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
10081 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
10082 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
10083 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
10084 " t nil) | |
10085 | |
10086 ;;;*** | |
10087 | |
25876 | 10088 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10089 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) |
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10090 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14346 42638)) |
25876 | 10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
10092 | |
10093 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10094 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
10095 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
10096 | |
10097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10098 | |
10099 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10100 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
10101 | |
10102 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
10103 | |
10104 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10105 | |
10106 Returns the value: | |
10107 | |
10108 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10109 | |
10110 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10111 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10112 | |
10113 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10114 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
10115 | |
10116 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10117 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
10118 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
10119 | |
10120 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10121 | |
10122 ;;;*** | |
10123 | |
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
10125 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
10126 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
10127 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10128 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14349 |
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10129 ;;;;;; 4603)) |
25876 | 10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
10131 | |
10132 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10133 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 10134 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
10135 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
10136 | |
10137 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10138 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10139 | |
10140 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
10141 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
10142 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
10143 | |
10144 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
10145 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
10146 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
10147 | |
10148 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10149 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10150 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10151 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10152 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
10153 | |
10154 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10155 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
10156 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
10157 | |
10158 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10159 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
10160 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10161 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10162 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
10163 | |
10164 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10165 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10166 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
10167 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
10168 | |
10169 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10170 | |
10171 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10172 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10173 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10174 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10175 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
10176 | |
10177 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10178 | |
10179 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10180 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
10181 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
10182 | |
10183 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10184 | |
10185 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10186 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
10187 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10188 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10189 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
10190 | |
10191 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10192 | |
10193 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
10194 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
10195 | |
10196 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
10197 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
10198 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
10199 | |
10200 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
10201 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
10202 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
10203 | |
10204 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
10205 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
10206 using the current ps-print setup. | |
10207 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
10208 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
10209 | |
10210 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10211 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
10212 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
10213 | |
10214 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10215 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
10216 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
10217 | |
10218 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
10219 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
10220 | |
10221 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
10222 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
10223 | |
10224 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
10225 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
10226 | |
10227 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
10228 | |
10229 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
10230 | |
10231 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
10232 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
10233 | |
10234 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
10235 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
10236 | |
10237 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
10238 | |
10239 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
10240 | |
10241 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
10242 | |
10243 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
10244 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
10245 | |
10246 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
10247 bold - use bold font. | |
10248 italic - use italic font. | |
10249 underline - put a line under text. | |
10250 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
10251 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
10252 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
10253 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
10254 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
10255 | |
10256 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
10257 | |
10258 ;;;*** | |
10259 | |
10260 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
10261 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout | |
10262 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
25998 | 10263 ;;;;;; (14171 42697)) |
25876 | 10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
10265 | |
10266 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
10267 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
10268 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
10269 | |
10270 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
10271 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
10272 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
10273 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
10274 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
10275 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
10276 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
10277 | |
10278 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
10279 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
10280 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
10281 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
10282 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
10283 shown. | |
10284 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
10285 | |
10286 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. | |
10287 | |
10288 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
10289 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
10290 command to be called. | |
10291 | |
10292 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
10293 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
10294 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
10295 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
10296 | |
10297 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
10298 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
10299 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
10300 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
10301 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
10302 to t. | |
10303 | |
10304 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
10305 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
10306 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
10307 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
10308 | |
10309 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
10310 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
10311 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
10312 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
10313 | |
10314 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
10315 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
10316 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
10317 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
10318 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
10319 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
10320 | |
10321 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
10322 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
10323 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
10324 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
10325 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
10326 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
10327 | |
10328 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
10329 covers Quail translation region. | |
10330 | |
10331 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
10332 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
10333 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
10334 for it) is inserted. | |
10335 | |
10336 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
10337 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
10338 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
10339 | |
10340 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
10341 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
10342 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
10343 | |
10344 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
10345 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
10346 | |
10347 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
10348 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
10349 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
10350 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
10351 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
10352 | |
10353 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
10354 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
10355 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
10356 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
10357 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
10358 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
10359 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
10360 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
10361 for the translation. | |
10362 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
10363 | |
10364 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
10365 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro)) | |
10366 | |
10367 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
10368 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
10369 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) | |
10370 | |
10371 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | |
10372 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
10373 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
10374 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
10375 a function, or a cons. | |
10376 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
10377 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
10378 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
10379 for the translation. | |
10380 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
10381 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
10382 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
10383 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
10384 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
10385 | |
10386 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
10387 it is used to handle KEY. | |
10388 | |
10389 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
10390 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
10391 current Quail package. | |
10392 | |
10393 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
10394 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
10395 | |
10396 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
10397 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil) | |
10398 | |
10399 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
10400 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
10401 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
10402 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
10403 of the Emacs source tree. | |
10404 | |
10405 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
10406 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
10407 | |
10408 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
10409 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
10410 of each directory." t nil) | |
10411 | |
10412 ;;;*** | |
10413 | |
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
10415 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10416 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14344 1017)) |
25998 | 10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el |
25876 | 10418 |
10419 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
10420 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
10421 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
10422 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
10423 | |
10424 To make use of this do something like: | |
10425 | |
10426 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
10427 | |
10428 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
10429 | |
10430 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
10431 | |
10432 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
10433 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
10434 | |
10435 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
10436 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
10437 | |
10438 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
10439 is decided." t nil) | |
10440 | |
10441 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
10442 | |
10443 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
10444 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
10445 | |
10446 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
10447 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
10448 | |
10449 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
10450 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
10451 | |
10452 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
10453 | |
10454 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
10455 | |
10456 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
10457 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
10458 | |
10459 ;;;*** | |
10460 | |
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149 | |
25998 | 10462 ;;;;;; 16808)) |
25876 | 10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el |
10464 | |
10465 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
10466 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
10467 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
10468 | |
10469 ;;;*** | |
10470 | |
25999 | 10471 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10472 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14339 41776)) |
25999 | 10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
10474 | |
10475 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | |
10476 Toggle recentf mode. | |
10477 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10478 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on). | |
10479 | |
10480 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
10481 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
10482 | |
10483 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
10484 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
10485 | |
10486 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ | |
10487 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil) | |
10488 | |
10489 ;;;*** | |
10490 | |
25876 | 10491 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle |
10492 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle | |
10493 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle | |
25998 | 10494 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571)) |
25876 | 10495 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
10496 | |
10497 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
10498 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
10499 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 10500 spaces and tab. |
10501 | |
10502 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
10503 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 10504 |
10505 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10506 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
10507 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
10508 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
10509 ends. | |
10510 | |
10511 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10512 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
10513 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 10514 |
10515 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10516 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
10517 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
10518 | |
10519 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10520 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
10521 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 10522 |
10523 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10524 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
10525 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 10526 |
10527 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10528 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
10529 | |
10530 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10531 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
10532 | |
10533 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
10534 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 10535 |
10536 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
10537 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
10538 | |
10539 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
10540 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
10541 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
10542 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
10543 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
10544 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
10545 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
10546 | |
10547 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10548 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
10549 | |
25876 | 10550 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 10551 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
10552 | |
10553 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10554 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
10555 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 10556 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
10557 | |
10558 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
10559 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
10560 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
10561 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 10562 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
10563 | |
10564 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10565 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 10566 |
10567 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10568 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
10569 | |
10570 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10571 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
10572 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 10573 |
10574 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10575 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
10576 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
10577 | |
10578 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10579 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
10580 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
10581 | |
10582 ;;;*** | |
10583 | |
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" | |
10585 ;;;;;; (14315 19661)) | |
25876 | 10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
10587 | |
10588 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
10589 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
10590 | |
10591 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
10592 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
10593 | |
25998 | 10594 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
10595 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
10596 | |
25876 | 10597 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
10598 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
10599 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
10600 \\ref macro. | |
10601 | |
10602 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
10603 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
10604 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
10605 | |
25998 | 10606 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
10607 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
10608 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 10609 |
10610 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
10611 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
10612 | |
10613 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
10614 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
10615 | |
10616 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
10617 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
10618 on the menu bar. | |
10619 | |
10620 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
10621 | |
25998 | 10622 ;;;*** |
10623 | |
10624 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
10625 ;;;;;; (14315 19188)) | |
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el | |
10627 | |
10628 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 10629 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
10630 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
10631 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
10632 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
10633 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
10634 | |
10635 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
10636 | |
10637 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. | |
10638 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
10639 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
10640 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
10641 | |
10642 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
10643 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
10644 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
10645 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
10646 | |
10647 ;;;*** | |
10648 | |
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10650 ;;;;;; (14334 30885)) |
25876 | 10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
10652 | |
10653 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
10654 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
10655 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
10656 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
10657 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
10658 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
10659 | |
10660 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
10661 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren)) | |
10662 | |
10663 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs. | |
10664 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil) | |
10665 | |
10666 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
10667 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
10668 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
10669 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
10670 | |
10671 ;;;*** | |
10672 | |
25998 | 10673 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
10675 | |
10676 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
10677 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
10678 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
10679 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
10680 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
10681 | |
10682 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
10683 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
10684 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
10685 | |
10686 ;;;*** | |
10687 | |
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
25998 | 10689 ;;;;;; (13651 33206)) |
25876 | 10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
10691 | |
10692 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" nil nil nil) | |
10693 | |
10694 ;;;*** | |
10695 | |
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
25998 | 10697 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
10699 | |
10700 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
10701 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
10702 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
10703 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
10704 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
10705 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
10706 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
10707 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
10708 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
10709 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
10710 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
10711 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
10712 the comment lines. | |
10713 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
10714 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
10715 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
10716 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
10717 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
10718 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
10719 | |
10720 ;;;*** | |
10721 | |
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
10723 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
10725 | |
10726 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
10727 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
10728 | |
10729 ;;;*** | |
10730 | |
10731 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
25998 | 10732 ;;;;;; (14283 6810)) |
25876 | 10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
10734 | |
10735 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
10736 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
10737 | |
10738 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
10739 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
10740 | |
10741 ;;;*** | |
10742 | |
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546)) | |
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el | |
10745 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
10746 | |
10747 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
10748 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
10749 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
10750 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
10751 | |
10752 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
10753 | |
10754 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
10755 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
10756 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
10757 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
10758 | |
10759 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
10760 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
10761 | |
10762 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
10763 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
10764 | |
10765 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
10766 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
10767 INPUT-ARGS. | |
10768 | |
10769 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
10770 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
10771 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
10772 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
10773 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
10774 | |
10775 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
10776 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
10777 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
10778 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
10779 | |
10780 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
10781 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
10782 variable." t nil) | |
10783 | |
10784 ;;;*** | |
10785 | |
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
10787 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
10788 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
10789 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
10790 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10791 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14344 1068)) |
25876 | 10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
10793 | |
10794 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
10795 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
10796 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
10797 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
10798 | |
10799 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
10800 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
10801 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
10802 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
10803 value is the user's name.) | |
10804 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
10805 | |
10806 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
10807 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
10808 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
10809 which normally happens once for each message, | |
10810 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
10811 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
10812 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
10813 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
10814 | |
10815 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
10816 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
10817 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
10818 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
10819 | |
10820 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
10821 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
10822 | |
10823 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
10824 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
10825 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
10826 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
10827 | |
10828 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
10829 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
10830 | |
10831 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
10832 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
10833 | |
10834 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
10835 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
10836 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
10837 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
10838 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
10839 | |
10840 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
10841 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
10842 | |
10843 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
10844 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
10845 | |
10846 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
10847 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
10848 | |
10849 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ | |
10850 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
10851 | |
10852 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
10853 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
10854 | |
10855 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
10856 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
10857 | |
10858 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ | |
10859 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
10860 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
10861 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
10862 | |
10863 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
10864 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
10865 | |
10866 This is set to nil by default.") | |
10867 | |
10868 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
10869 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
10870 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
10871 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
10872 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
10873 | |
10874 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
10875 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
10876 | |
10877 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
10878 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
10879 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
10880 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
10881 | |
10882 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
10883 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
10884 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
10885 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
10886 | |
10887 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
10888 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
10889 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
10890 | |
10891 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
10892 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
10893 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
10894 | |
10895 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
10896 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
10897 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
10898 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
10899 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
10900 | |
10901 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
10902 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
10903 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
10904 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
10905 | |
10906 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
10907 | |
10908 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
10909 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
10910 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
10911 Instead, these commands are available: | |
10912 | |
10913 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
10914 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
10915 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
10916 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
10917 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
10918 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
10919 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
10920 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
10921 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
10922 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
10923 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
10924 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
10925 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
10926 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
10927 till a deleted message is found. | |
10928 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
10929 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
10930 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
10931 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
10932 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
10933 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
10934 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
10935 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
10936 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
10937 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
10938 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
10939 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
10940 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
10941 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
10942 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
10943 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
10944 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
10945 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
10946 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
10947 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
10948 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
10949 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
10950 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
10951 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
10952 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
10953 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
10954 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
10955 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
10956 | |
10957 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
10958 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
10959 | |
10960 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
10961 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
10962 | |
10963 ;;;*** | |
10964 | |
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
25998 | 10966 ;;;;;; (13738 33907)) |
25876 | 10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
10968 | |
10969 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
10970 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
10971 | |
10972 ;;;*** | |
10973 | |
10974 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
10975 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 10976 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
10978 | |
10979 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
10980 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
10981 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
10982 | |
10983 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
10984 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
10985 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
10986 | |
10987 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
10988 | |
10989 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
10990 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
10991 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
10992 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
10993 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
10994 | |
10995 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
10996 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
10997 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
10998 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
10999 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11000 | |
11001 ;;;*** | |
11002 | |
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 11004 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
11006 | |
11007 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
11008 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
11009 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
11010 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
11011 | |
11012 ;;;*** | |
11013 | |
11014 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
11015 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
25998 | 11016 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393)) |
25876 | 11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
11018 | |
11019 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
11020 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
11021 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
11022 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
11023 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
11024 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
11025 a file name as a string.") | |
11026 | |
11027 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11028 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11029 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
11030 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
11031 buffer visiting that file. | |
11032 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
11033 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
11034 | |
11035 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
11036 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11037 | |
11038 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11039 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil) | |
11040 | |
11041 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
11042 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
11043 | |
11044 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
11045 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11046 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11047 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
11048 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
11049 | |
11050 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
11051 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
11052 will be appended with their original headers. | |
11053 | |
11054 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
11055 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11056 | |
11057 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
11058 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
11059 | |
11060 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
11061 | |
11062 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11063 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
11064 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
11065 | |
11066 ;;;*** | |
11067 | |
11068 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
11069 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 11070 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
11071 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
11073 | |
11074 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11075 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
11076 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11077 | |
11078 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11079 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
11080 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11081 | |
11082 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11083 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
11084 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11085 | |
11086 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11087 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
11088 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11089 | |
11090 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11091 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
11092 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11093 | |
11094 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11095 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
11096 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11097 | |
11098 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11099 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
11100 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
11101 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
11102 | |
11103 ;;;*** | |
11104 | |
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders | |
11106 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients | |
11107 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag | |
11108 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" | |
25998 | 11109 ;;;;;; (14181 58940)) |
25876 | 11110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
11111 | |
11112 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
11113 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
11114 | |
11115 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
11116 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
11117 | |
11118 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11119 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
11120 | |
11121 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11122 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
11123 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
11124 | |
11125 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11126 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
11127 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
11128 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
11129 only look in the To and From fields. | |
11130 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
11131 | |
11132 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11133 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
11134 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
11135 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
11136 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
11137 | |
11138 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11139 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
11140 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
11141 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
11142 look in the whole message. | |
11143 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
11144 | |
11145 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11146 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
11147 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
11148 | |
11149 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
11150 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
11151 | |
11152 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
11153 | |
11154 ;;;*** | |
11155 | |
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
25998 | 11157 ;;;;;; (14263 36299)) |
25876 | 11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
11159 | |
11160 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
11161 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
11162 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
11163 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
11164 | |
11165 ;;;*** | |
11166 | |
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
11168 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866)) | |
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el | |
11170 | |
11171 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
11172 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
11173 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
11174 | |
11175 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
11176 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
11177 | |
11178 ;;;*** | |
11179 | |
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
11181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
11182 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
25998 | 11183 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
25876 | 11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
11185 | |
11186 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 11187 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11188 |
11189 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11190 | |
11191 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
11192 | |
11193 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 11194 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11195 |
11196 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 11197 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11198 |
11199 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 11200 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11201 |
11202 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 11203 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11204 |
11205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 11206 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11207 |
11208 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 11209 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 11210 |
11211 ;;;*** | |
11212 | |
11213 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
25998 | 11214 ;;;;;; (13730 30380)) |
25876 | 11215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
11216 | |
11217 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
11218 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
11219 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode. | |
11220 | |
11221 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
11222 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
11223 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
11224 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
11225 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information | |
11226 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode. | |
11227 | |
11228 Commands: | |
11229 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11230 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
11231 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
11232 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook | |
11233 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11234 | |
11235 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
11236 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
11237 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode. | |
11238 | |
11239 Commands: | |
11240 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11241 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
11242 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
11243 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
11244 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
11245 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
11246 | |
11247 ;;;*** | |
11248 | |
11249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
11250 ;;;;;; (14030 49534)) | |
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el | |
11252 | |
11253 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
11254 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
11255 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
11256 | |
11257 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11258 | |
11259 ;;;*** | |
11260 | |
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (13552 | |
25998 | 11262 ;;;;;; 24904)) |
25876 | 11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
11264 | |
11265 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
11266 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
11267 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added. | |
11268 \\{scribe-mode-map} | |
11269 | |
11270 Interesting variables: | |
11271 | |
11272 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
11273 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
11274 | |
11275 scribe-electric-quote | |
11276 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
11277 | |
11278 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
11279 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
11280 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
11281 | |
11282 ;;;*** | |
11283 | |
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
11285 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
11286 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
25998 | 11287 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
11288 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531)) | |
25876 | 11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
11290 | |
11291 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
11292 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
11293 | |
11294 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
11295 king@grassland.com | |
11296 If `parens', they look like: | |
11297 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11298 If `angles', they look like: | |
11299 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 11300 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
11301 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
11302 | |
11303 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
11304 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
11305 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
11306 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
11307 | |
11308 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\ | |
11309 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | |
11310 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
11311 | |
11312 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
11313 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 11314 |
11315 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
11316 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
11317 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
11318 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
11319 | |
11320 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
11321 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
11322 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
11323 | |
11324 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
11325 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
11326 | |
11327 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
11328 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
11329 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
11330 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
11331 | |
11332 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
11333 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
11334 | |
11335 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
11336 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
11337 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
11338 | |
11339 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
11340 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
11341 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
11342 when you first send mail.") | |
11343 | |
11344 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
11345 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
11346 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
11347 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
11348 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
11349 | |
11350 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
11351 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
11352 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
11353 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
11354 This file need not actually exist.") | |
11355 | |
11356 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
11357 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
11358 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
11359 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
11360 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
11361 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
11362 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
11363 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
11364 | |
11365 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
11366 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
11367 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
11368 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
11369 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
11370 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
11371 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
11372 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
11373 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
11374 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
11375 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
11376 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
11377 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
11378 | |
11379 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
11380 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
11381 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
11382 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
11383 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 11384 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 11385 |
11386 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
11387 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
11388 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
11389 | |
11390 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
11391 User should not set this variable manually, | |
11392 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
11393 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 11394 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 11395 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
11396 | |
11397 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
11398 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
11399 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
11400 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
11401 | |
11402 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
11403 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
11404 | |
11405 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
11406 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
11407 | |
11408 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
11409 to move to message header fields: | |
11410 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
11411 | |
11412 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
11413 when the message is initialized. | |
11414 | |
11415 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
11416 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
11417 | |
11418 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
11419 is inserted. | |
11420 | |
11421 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
11422 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
11423 | |
11424 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
11425 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
11426 | |
11427 The second through fifth arguments, | |
11428 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
11429 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
11430 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
11431 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
11432 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
11433 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
11434 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
11435 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
11436 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
11437 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
11438 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
11439 | |
11440 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
11441 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
11442 | |
11443 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
11444 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
11445 | |
11446 ;;;*** | |
11447 | |
25998 | 11448 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343)) |
25876 | 11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
11450 | |
11451 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
11452 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
11453 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
11454 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
11455 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
11456 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
11457 | |
11458 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
11459 | |
11460 ;;;*** | |
11461 | |
11462 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
25998 | 11463 ;;;;;; (14248 37407)) |
25876 | 11464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
11465 | |
11466 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
11467 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
11468 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
11469 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
11470 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
11471 | |
11472 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
11473 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
11474 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
11475 | |
11476 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
11477 your `.emacs' file. | |
11478 | |
11479 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
11480 | |
11481 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
11482 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
11483 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11484 | |
11485 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
11486 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
11487 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
11488 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
11489 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
11490 which this is based. | |
11491 | |
11492 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
11493 | |
11494 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
11495 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
11496 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
11497 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
11498 | |
11499 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
11500 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
11501 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
11502 | |
11503 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
11504 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
11505 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
11506 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
11507 | |
11508 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
11509 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
11510 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
11511 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
11512 | |
11513 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
11514 | |
11515 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
11516 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
11517 To work around that, do: | |
11518 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
11519 | |
11520 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11521 | |
11522 ;;;*** | |
11523 | |
11524 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11525 ;;;;;; (14344 1082)) |
25876 | 11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
11527 | |
11528 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
11529 | |
11530 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
11531 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
11532 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
11533 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
11534 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
11535 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
11536 | |
11537 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
11538 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
11539 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
11540 shell-specific features. | |
11541 | |
11542 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
11543 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
11544 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
11545 | |
11546 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
11547 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
11548 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
11549 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
11550 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
11551 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
11552 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
11553 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
11554 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
11555 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
11556 | |
25998 | 11557 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
11558 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
11559 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
11560 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
11561 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
11562 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
11563 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted. | |
11564 | |
11565 | |
25876 | 11566 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
11567 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
11568 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
11569 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
11570 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
11571 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
11572 | |
11573 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
11574 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
11575 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
11576 | |
11577 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
11578 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
11579 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
11580 | |
11581 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
11582 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
11583 | |
11584 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
11585 | |
11586 ;;;*** | |
11587 | |
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 11589 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
11591 | |
11592 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
11593 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
11594 | |
11595 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
11596 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
11597 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
11598 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
11599 the earlier. | |
11600 | |
11601 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
11602 | |
11603 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
11604 | |
11605 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
11606 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
11607 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
11608 | |
11609 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
11610 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
11611 | |
11612 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
11613 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
11614 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
11615 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
11616 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
11617 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
11618 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
11619 emacs version). | |
11620 | |
11621 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
11622 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
11623 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
11624 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
11625 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
11626 | |
11627 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
11628 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
11629 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
11630 | |
11631 ;;;*** | |
11632 | |
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el" | |
25998 | 11634 ;;;;;; (14263 35978)) |
25876 | 11635 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
11636 | |
11637 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\ | |
11638 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell. | |
11639 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well. | |
11640 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
11641 shell buffer. | |
11642 | |
11643 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does, | |
11644 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input | |
11645 on lines which don't start with a prompt. | |
11646 | |
11647 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.") | |
11648 | |
11649 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
11650 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*. | |
11651 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
11652 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'. | |
11653 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
11654 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
11655 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
11656 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
11657 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
11658 discards input when it starts up.) | |
11659 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
11660 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
11661 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
11662 | |
11663 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
11664 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
11665 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
11666 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
11667 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
11668 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
11669 | |
11670 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
11671 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
11672 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
11673 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
11674 | |
11675 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
11676 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
11677 | |
11678 ;;;*** | |
11679 | |
25998 | 11680 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
11681 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
11683 | |
11684 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
11685 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
11686 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
11687 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
11688 simula-tab-always-indent | |
11689 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
11690 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11691 simula-indent-level | |
11692 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
11693 simula-substatement-offset | |
11694 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
11695 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
11696 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
11697 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
11698 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
11699 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
11700 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
11701 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
11702 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
11703 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
11704 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
11705 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
11706 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
11707 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
11708 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
11709 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
11710 simula-electric-indent nil | |
11711 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
11712 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
11713 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
11714 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
11715 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
11716 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
11717 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
11718 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
11719 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
11720 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
11721 | |
11722 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
11723 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
11724 | |
11725 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
11726 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
11727 at all." t nil) | |
11728 | |
11729 ;;;*** | |
11730 | |
11731 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
11732 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
25998 | 11733 ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
25876 | 11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
11735 | |
11736 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
11737 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
11738 | |
11739 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
11740 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
11741 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
11742 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
11743 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
11744 | |
11745 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
11746 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
11747 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
11748 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
11749 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
11750 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
11751 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
11752 | |
11753 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
11754 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
11755 ignored." t nil) | |
11756 | |
11757 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
11758 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
11759 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
11760 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
11761 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
11762 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
11763 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
11764 | |
11765 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
11766 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
11767 ignored." t nil) | |
11768 | |
11769 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
11770 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
11771 | |
11772 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
11773 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
11774 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
11775 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
11776 | |
11777 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
11778 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
11779 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
11780 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
11781 | |
11782 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
11783 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
11784 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
11785 | |
11786 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
11787 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
11788 | |
11789 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
11790 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
11791 | |
11792 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
11793 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
11794 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
11795 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
11796 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
11797 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
11798 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
11799 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
11800 nil skipped | |
11801 | |
11802 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
11803 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
11804 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
11805 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
11806 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
11807 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
11808 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
11809 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
11810 | |
11811 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
11812 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
11813 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
11814 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
11815 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
11816 available: | |
11817 | |
11818 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
11819 then: insert previously read string once more | |
11820 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
11821 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
11822 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
11823 | |
11824 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
11825 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
11826 | |
11827 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
11828 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
11829 | |
11830 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
11831 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
11832 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
11833 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
11834 | |
11835 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
11836 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
11837 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
11838 | |
11839 ;;;*** | |
11840 | |
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11842 ;;;;;; (14344 1070)) |
25876 | 11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
11844 | |
11845 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
11846 | |
11847 ;;;*** | |
11848 | |
25998 | 11849 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
11851 | |
11852 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
11853 Play the Snake game. | |
11854 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
11855 | |
11856 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
11857 | |
11858 snake-mode keybindings: | |
11859 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
11860 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
11861 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
11862 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
11863 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
11864 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
11865 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
11866 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
11867 | |
11868 " t nil) | |
11869 | |
11870 ;;;*** | |
11871 | |
11872 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el" | |
25998 | 11873 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
25876 | 11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el |
11875 | |
11876 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
11877 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
11878 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
11879 Tab indents for C code. | |
11880 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
11881 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11882 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
11883 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
11884 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11885 | |
11886 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
11887 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
11888 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
11889 Tab indents for C code. | |
11890 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
11891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11892 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
11893 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
11894 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11895 | |
11896 ;;;*** | |
11897 | |
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
11899 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
11900 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
11901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
11902 | |
11903 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
11904 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
11905 | |
11906 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
11907 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
11908 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
11909 | |
11910 For example, the form | |
11911 | |
11912 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
11913 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
11914 | |
11915 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
11916 | |
11917 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
11918 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
11919 | |
11920 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
11921 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
11922 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
11923 York City. | |
11924 | |
11925 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
11926 | |
11927 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
11928 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
11929 | |
11930 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
11931 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
11932 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
11933 York City. | |
11934 | |
11935 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
11936 | |
11937 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
11938 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
11939 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
11940 pair. | |
11941 | |
11942 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
11943 | |
11944 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
11945 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
11946 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
11947 | |
11948 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
11949 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
11950 | |
11951 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
11952 | |
11953 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
11954 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
11955 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
11956 | |
11957 ;;;*** | |
11958 | |
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 11960 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
11962 | |
11963 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
11964 Play Solitaire. | |
11965 | |
11966 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
11967 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
11968 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
11969 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
11970 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
11971 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
11972 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
11973 check after each move or undo) | |
11974 | |
11975 What is Solitaire? | |
11976 | |
11977 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
11978 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
11979 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
11980 | |
11981 Le Solitaire | |
11982 ============ | |
11983 | |
11984 o o o | |
11985 | |
11986 o o o | |
11987 | |
11988 o o o o o o o | |
11989 | |
11990 o o o . o o o | |
11991 | |
11992 o o o o o o o | |
11993 | |
11994 o o o | |
11995 | |
11996 o o o | |
11997 | |
11998 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
11999 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
12000 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
12001 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
12002 | |
12003 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
12004 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
12005 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
12006 this: o o . | |
12007 | |
12008 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
12009 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
12010 | |
12011 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
12012 | |
12013 o o o | |
12014 | |
12015 . o o | |
12016 | |
12017 o o . o o o o | |
12018 | |
12019 o . o o o o o | |
12020 | |
12021 o o o o o o o | |
12022 | |
12023 o o o | |
12024 | |
12025 o o o | |
12026 | |
12027 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
12028 | |
12029 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12030 | |
12031 ;;;*** | |
12032 | |
12033 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
12034 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
25998 | 12035 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541)) |
25876 | 12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
12037 | |
12038 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
12039 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
12040 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
12041 | |
12042 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
12043 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
12044 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
12045 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
12046 contiguous. | |
12047 | |
12048 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
12049 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
12050 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12051 the sort order. | |
12052 | |
12053 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
12054 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
12055 | |
12056 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
12057 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
12058 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
12059 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
12060 is called. | |
12061 | |
12062 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
12063 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
12064 | |
12065 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
12066 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
12067 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
12068 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
12069 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
12070 | |
12071 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
12072 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
12073 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
12074 | |
12075 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
12076 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12077 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12078 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12080 the sort order." t nil) | |
12081 | |
12082 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
12083 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12084 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12085 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12087 the sort order." t nil) | |
12088 | |
12089 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
12090 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12091 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12092 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12093 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12094 the sort order." t nil) | |
12095 | |
12096 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12097 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
12098 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
12099 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region. | |
12100 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
12101 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12102 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
12103 | |
12104 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12105 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
12106 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
12107 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
12108 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12109 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
12110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12111 the sort order." t nil) | |
12112 | |
12113 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12114 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
12115 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
12116 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
12117 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
12118 is to be used for sorting. | |
12119 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
12120 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
12121 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
12122 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
12123 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
12124 | |
12125 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
12126 | |
12127 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12128 the sort order. | |
12129 | |
12130 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
12131 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
12132 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
12133 | |
12134 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
12135 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
12136 For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
12137 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
12138 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
12139 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
12140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12141 the sort order. | |
12142 | |
12143 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
12144 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
12145 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
12146 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
12147 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
12148 | |
12149 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
12150 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
12151 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
12152 | |
12153 ;;;*** | |
12154 | |
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
25998 | 12156 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14281 35833)) |
25876 | 12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
12158 | |
12159 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
12160 | |
12161 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
12162 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
12163 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
12164 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
12165 supported at a time. | |
12166 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
12167 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
12168 | |
12169 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
12170 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
12171 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
12172 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
12173 | |
12174 ;;;*** | |
12175 | |
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 12177 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
12179 | |
12180 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
12181 | |
12182 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
12183 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
12184 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
12185 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
12186 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
12187 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
12188 | |
12189 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
12190 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
12191 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
12192 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
12193 | |
12194 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
12195 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
12196 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
12197 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
12198 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
12199 | |
12200 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
12201 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
12202 | |
12203 ;;;*** | |
12204 | |
12205 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 12206 ;;;;;; 43485)) |
25876 | 12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
12208 | |
12209 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
12210 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
12211 | |
12212 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
12213 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
12214 | |
12215 ;;;*** | |
12216 | |
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" | |
25998 | 12218 ;;;;;; (14321 57663)) |
25876 | 12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
12220 | |
12221 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 12222 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 12223 |
12224 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
12225 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
12226 | |
12227 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
12228 | |
12229 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
12230 | |
12231 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
12232 | |
12233 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
12234 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
12235 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
12236 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
12237 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
12238 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
12239 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
12240 | |
12241 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
12242 | |
12243 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
12244 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
12245 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
12246 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
12247 | |
12248 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each | |
12249 entry function you want to use regularly: | |
12250 | |
12251 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t) | |
12252 | |
12253 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
12254 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
12255 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
12256 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
12257 | |
12258 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
12259 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
12260 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
12261 | |
12262 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
12263 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
12264 | |
12265 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
12266 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
12267 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
12268 | |
25998 | 12269 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 12270 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
12271 | |
12272 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
12273 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
12274 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
12275 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
12276 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
12277 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
12278 | |
12279 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
12280 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
12281 | |
12282 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | |
12283 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
12284 | |
12285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
12286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
12287 `*SQL*'. | |
12288 | |
12289 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
12290 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
12291 | |
12292 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
12293 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
12294 | |
12295 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
12296 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
12297 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
12298 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
12299 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 12300 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 12301 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
12302 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
12303 | |
12304 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
12305 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
12306 | |
12307 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12308 | |
12309 ;;;*** | |
12310 | |
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help | |
12312 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke | |
12313 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) | |
25998 | 12314 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462)) |
25876 | 12315 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
12316 | |
12317 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
12318 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled") | |
12319 | |
12320 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12321 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
12322 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
12323 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
12324 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
12325 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
12326 | |
12327 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
12328 | |
12329 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12330 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
12331 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
12332 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
12333 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
12334 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
12335 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
12336 | |
12337 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12338 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
12339 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
12340 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
12341 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
12342 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
12343 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
12344 | |
12345 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12346 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand. | |
12347 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
12348 | |
12349 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12350 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
12351 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
12352 | |
12353 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12354 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
12355 | |
12356 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
12357 | |
12358 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
12359 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil) | |
12360 | |
12361 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
12362 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
12363 | |
12364 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
12365 | |
12366 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
12367 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
12368 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
12369 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
12370 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
12371 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
12372 new strokes with | |
12373 | |
12374 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
12375 | |
12376 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
12377 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your | |
12378 strokes with | |
12379 | |
12380 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
12381 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
12382 | |
12383 ;;;*** | |
12384 | |
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
25998 | 12386 ;;;;;; (14192 4758)) |
25876 | 12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
12388 | |
12389 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
12390 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
12391 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
12392 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
12393 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
12394 original message but it does require a few things: | |
12395 | |
12396 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
12397 | |
12398 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
12399 reply buffer. | |
12400 | |
12401 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
12402 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
12403 original message. | |
12404 | |
12405 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
12406 | |
12407 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
12408 | |
12409 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
12410 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
12411 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
12412 | |
12413 ;;;*** | |
12414 | |
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735)) | |
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el | |
12417 | |
12418 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
12419 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
12420 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
12421 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
12422 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
12423 | |
12424 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
12425 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
12426 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
12427 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
12428 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
12429 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
12430 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
12431 | |
12432 ;;;*** | |
12433 | |
25998 | 12434 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
12436 | |
12437 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
12438 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
12439 | |
12440 ;;;*** | |
12441 | |
25998 | 12442 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779)) |
25876 | 12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
12444 | |
12445 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
12446 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
12447 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
12448 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
12449 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
12450 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
12451 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
12452 | |
12453 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
12454 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
12455 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
12456 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
12457 | |
12458 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
12459 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
12460 | |
12461 ;;;*** | |
12462 | |
25998 | 12463 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
12464 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428)) | |
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | |
12466 | |
12467 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
12468 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
12469 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
12470 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
12471 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
12472 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12473 | |
12474 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12475 tcl-indent-level | |
12476 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
12477 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
12478 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
12479 | |
12480 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
12481 documentation for details): | |
12482 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
12483 Controls action of TAB key. | |
12484 tcl-auto-newline | |
12485 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
12486 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
12487 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
12488 Controls action of `#' key. | |
12489 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
12490 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
12491 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
12492 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
12493 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
12494 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
12495 | |
12496 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
12497 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
12498 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
12499 already exist. | |
12500 | |
12501 Commands: | |
12502 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12503 | |
12504 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
12505 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
12506 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
12507 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
12508 | |
12509 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
12510 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
12511 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
12512 | |
12513 ;;;*** | |
12514 | |
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416)) | |
25876 | 12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el |
12517 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
12518 | |
12519 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
12520 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
12521 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
12522 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
12523 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
12524 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
12525 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
12526 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
12527 | |
12528 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
12529 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
12530 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
12531 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
12532 | |
12533 ;;;*** | |
12534 | |
25998 | 12535 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268 |
12536 ;;;;;; 17354)) | |
25876 | 12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
12538 | |
12539 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
12540 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
12541 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
12542 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
12543 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
12544 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
12545 | |
12546 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
12547 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
12548 | |
12549 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
12550 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
12551 | |
12552 ;;;*** | |
12553 | |
25998 | 12554 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280 |
12555 ;;;;;; 10588)) | |
25876 | 12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
12557 | |
12558 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
12559 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
12560 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
12561 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
12562 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
12563 program as keyboard input. | |
12564 | |
12565 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
12566 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
12567 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
12568 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
12569 | |
12570 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
12571 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
12572 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
12573 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
12574 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
12575 | |
12576 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
12577 | |
12578 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
12579 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
12580 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
12581 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
12582 | |
12583 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
12584 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
12585 subprocess started." t nil) | |
12586 | |
12587 ;;;*** | |
12588 | |
25998 | 12589 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
12591 | |
12592 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
12593 Play the Tetris game. | |
12594 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
12595 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
12596 as to form complete rows. | |
12597 | |
12598 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
12599 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
12600 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
12601 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
12602 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
12603 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
12604 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
12605 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
12606 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
12607 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
12608 | |
12609 " t nil) | |
12610 | |
12611 ;;;*** | |
12612 | |
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
12614 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
12615 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
12616 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
12617 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
12618 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
12619 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
25998 | 12620 ;;;;;; (14280 10460)) |
25876 | 12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
12622 | |
12623 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
12624 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
12625 | |
12626 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
12627 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
12628 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
12629 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
12630 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
12631 | |
12632 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
12633 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
12634 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
12635 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
12636 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
12637 | |
12638 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
12639 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
12640 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
12641 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
12642 | |
12643 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
12644 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
12645 | |
12646 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
12647 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
12648 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
12649 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
12650 | |
12651 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
12652 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
12653 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
12654 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
12655 | |
12656 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
12657 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
12658 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
12659 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
12660 | |
12661 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
12662 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
12663 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
12664 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
12665 | |
12666 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
12667 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
12668 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
12669 | |
12670 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
12671 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
12672 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
12673 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
12674 | |
12675 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
12676 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
12677 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
12678 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
12679 | |
12680 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
12681 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
12682 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
12683 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
12684 | |
12685 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
12686 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
12687 for example, | |
12688 | |
12689 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
12690 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
12691 | |
12692 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
12693 use.") | |
12694 | |
12695 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
12696 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
12697 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
12698 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
12699 | |
12700 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
12701 window system being used. For example, | |
12702 | |
12703 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
12704 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
12705 | |
12706 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
12707 otherwise.") | |
12708 | |
12709 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
12710 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
12711 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
12712 | |
12713 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote plain-tex-mode) "\ | |
12714 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. | |
12715 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
12716 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
12717 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
12718 | |
12719 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
12720 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
12721 | |
12722 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
12723 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
12724 | |
12725 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
12726 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
12727 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
12728 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
12729 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
12730 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
12731 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
12732 | |
12733 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
12734 | |
12735 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
12736 | |
12737 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
12738 | |
12739 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
12740 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
12741 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
12742 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
12743 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
12744 | |
12745 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
12746 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
12747 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
12748 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
12749 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
12750 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
12751 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
12752 | |
12753 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
12754 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
12755 | |
12756 Special commands: | |
12757 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
12758 | |
12759 Mode variables: | |
12760 tex-run-command | |
12761 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
12762 tex-directory | |
12763 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
12764 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
12765 tex-dvi-print-command | |
12766 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
12767 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
12768 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
12769 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
12770 tex-dvi-view-command | |
12771 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
12772 tex-show-queue-command | |
12773 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
12774 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
12775 | |
12776 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
12777 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
12778 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
12779 | |
12780 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
12781 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
12782 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
12783 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
12784 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
12785 | |
12786 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
12787 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
12788 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
12789 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
12790 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
12791 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
12792 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
12793 | |
12794 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
12795 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
12796 | |
12797 Special commands: | |
12798 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
12799 | |
12800 Mode variables: | |
12801 latex-run-command | |
12802 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
12803 tex-directory | |
12804 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
12805 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
12806 tex-dvi-print-command | |
12807 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
12808 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
12809 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
12810 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
12811 tex-dvi-view-command | |
12812 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
12813 tex-show-queue-command | |
12814 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
12815 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
12816 | |
12817 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
12818 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
12819 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
12820 | |
12821 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
12822 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
12823 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
12824 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
12825 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
12826 | |
12827 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
12828 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
12829 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
12830 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
12831 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
12832 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
12833 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
12834 | |
12835 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
12836 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
12837 | |
12838 Special commands: | |
12839 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
12840 | |
12841 Mode variables: | |
12842 slitex-run-command | |
12843 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
12844 tex-directory | |
12845 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
12846 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
12847 tex-dvi-print-command | |
12848 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
12849 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
12850 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
12851 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
12852 tex-dvi-view-command | |
12853 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
12854 tex-show-queue-command | |
12855 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
12856 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
12857 | |
12858 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
12859 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
12860 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
12861 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
12862 | |
12863 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
12864 | |
12865 ;;;*** | |
12866 | |
12867 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
25998 | 12868 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003)) |
25876 | 12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
12870 | |
12871 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
12872 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
12873 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
12874 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
12875 | |
12876 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
12877 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
12878 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
12879 | |
12880 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
12881 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
12882 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
12883 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
12884 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
12885 | |
12886 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
12887 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
12888 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
12889 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
12890 | |
12891 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
12892 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
12893 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
12894 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
12895 | |
12896 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
12897 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
12898 | |
12899 ;;;*** | |
12900 | |
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
25998 | 12902 ;;;;;; (14302 8279)) |
25876 | 12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
12904 | |
12905 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
12906 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
12907 | |
12908 It has these extra commands: | |
12909 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
12910 | |
12911 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
12912 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
12913 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
12914 modified version of TeX input format. | |
12915 | |
12916 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
12917 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
12918 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
12919 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
12920 | |
12921 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
12922 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
12923 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
12924 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
12925 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
12926 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
12927 in the Texinfo file. | |
12928 | |
12929 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
12930 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
12931 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
12932 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
12933 move forward past the closing brace. | |
12934 | |
12935 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
12936 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
12937 | |
12938 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
12939 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
12940 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
12941 | |
12942 Here are the functions: | |
12943 | |
12944 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
12945 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
12946 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
12947 | |
12948 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
12949 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
12950 texinfo-master-menu | |
12951 | |
12952 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
12953 | |
12954 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
12955 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
12956 | |
12957 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
12958 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
12959 in the region. | |
12960 | |
12961 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
12962 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
12963 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
12964 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
12965 | |
12966 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
12967 be the first node in the file. | |
12968 | |
12969 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the | |
12970 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil) | |
12971 | |
12972 ;;;*** | |
12973 | |
12974 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
12975 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
25998 | 12976 ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
25876 | 12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
12978 | |
12979 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
12980 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
12981 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
12982 | |
12983 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
12984 keybindings, are: | |
12985 | |
12986 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
12987 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
12988 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
12989 | |
12990 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
12991 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
12992 texinfo-master-menu () | |
12993 | |
12994 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
12995 | |
12996 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
12997 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
12998 | |
12999 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13000 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
13001 | |
13002 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13003 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
13004 | |
13005 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
13006 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
13007 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
13008 `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
13009 | |
13010 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13011 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
13012 marked region. | |
13013 | |
13014 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
13015 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
13016 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
13017 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
13018 | |
13019 ;;;*** | |
13020 | |
13021 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-pre-write-conversion thai-post-read-conversion | |
13022 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region | |
13023 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" | |
25998 | 13024 ;;;;;; (13969 36846)) |
25876 | 13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
13026 | |
13027 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\ | |
13028 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil) | |
13029 | |
13030 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
13031 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
13032 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
13033 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
13034 | |
13035 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
13036 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
13037 | |
13038 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
13039 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
13040 | |
13041 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
13042 | |
13043 (autoload (quote thai-pre-write-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
13044 | |
13045 ;;;*** | |
13046 | |
13047 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
25998 | 13048 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234)) |
25876 | 13049 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
13050 | |
13051 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13052 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
13053 | |
13054 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13055 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
13056 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
13057 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
13058 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
13059 | |
13060 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
13061 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
13062 | |
13063 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
13064 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
13065 | |
13066 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13067 Return the THING at point. | |
13068 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
13069 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
13070 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
13071 | |
13072 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
13073 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
13074 | |
13075 ;;;*** | |
13076 | |
13077 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
13078 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-compose-region | |
13079 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-composition tibetan-compose-string | |
13080 ;;;;;; tibetan-vertical-stacking tibetan-complete-char-examin tibetan-composable-examin | |
13081 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-examin tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
13082 ;;;;;; setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" | |
25998 | 13083 ;;;;;; (13994 41130)) |
25876 | 13084 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
13085 | |
13086 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil) | |
13087 | |
13088 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13089 Return a transcription string of Tibetan character CH" nil nil) | |
13090 | |
13091 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13092 Translate Roman transcription into a sequence of Tibetan components." nil nil) | |
13093 | |
13094 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13095 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. | |
13096 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
13097 | |
13098 (autoload (quote tibetan-composable-examin) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13099 Check if Tibetan char CH is composable. | |
13100 Returns t if CH is a composable char (i.e. neither punctuation nor digit)." nil nil) | |
13101 | |
13102 (autoload (quote tibetan-complete-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13103 Check if composite char CH contains one or more vowel/vowel modifiers. | |
13104 Returns non-nil, if CH contains vowel/vowel modifiers." nil nil) | |
13105 | |
13106 (autoload (quote tibetan-vertical-stacking) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13107 Return a vertically stacked composite char consisting of FIRST and SECOND. | |
13108 If UPWARD is non-nil, then SECOND is put above FIRST." nil nil) | |
13109 | |
13110 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13111 Compose a sequence of Tibetan character components into a composite character. | |
13112 Returns a string containing a composite character." nil nil) | |
13113 | |
13114 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13115 Interface to quail input method. | |
13116 Takes two arguments: char PC and string KEY, where PC is the preceding | |
13117 character to be composed with current input KEY. | |
13118 Returns a string which is the result of composition." nil nil) | |
13119 | |
13120 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13121 Decompose Tibetan characters in the region BEG END into their components. | |
13122 Components are: base and subjoined consonants, vowel signs, vowel modifiers. | |
13123 One column punctuations are converted to their 2 column equivalents." t nil) | |
13124 | |
13125 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13126 Make composite chars from Tibetan character components in the region BEG END. | |
13127 Two column punctuations are converted to their 1 column equivalents." t nil) | |
13128 | |
13129 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13130 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
13131 See also docstring of the function tibetan-decompose-region." t nil) | |
13132 | |
13133 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13134 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
13135 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
13136 | |
13137 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
13138 | |
13139 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
13140 | |
13141 ;;;*** | |
13142 | |
25998 | 13143 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date |
13144 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854)) | |
25876 | 13145 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
13146 | |
25998 | 13147 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
13148 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13150 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
13151 | |
13152 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13153 | |
13154 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
13155 | |
25876 | 13156 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
13157 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
13158 | |
13159 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
13160 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13161 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
13162 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
13163 are displayed as well. | |
13164 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
13165 | |
13166 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
13167 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13168 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
13169 | |
13170 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
13171 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
13172 are displayed as well. | |
13173 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
13174 | |
13175 ;;;*** | |
13176 | |
13177 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
25998 | 13178 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981)) |
25876 | 13179 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
13180 | |
13181 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 13182 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 13183 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
13184 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
13185 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
13186 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
13187 look like one of the following: | |
13188 Time-stamp: <> | |
13189 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
13190 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
13191 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
13192 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
13193 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 13194 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
13195 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
13196 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 13197 |
13198 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
13199 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
13200 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
13201 | |
13202 ;;;*** | |
13203 | |
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | |
13205 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
25998 | 13206 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821)) |
25876 | 13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
13208 | |
13209 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
13210 | |
13211 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13212 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
13213 | |
13214 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
13215 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
13216 | |
13217 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
13218 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
13219 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
13220 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
13221 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
13222 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
13223 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
13224 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13225 | |
13226 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13227 | |
13228 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13229 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
13230 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
13231 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
13232 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13233 | |
13234 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13235 | |
13236 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
13237 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
13238 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
13239 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
13240 | |
13241 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13242 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
13243 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
13244 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | |
13245 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13246 | |
13247 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13248 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
13249 | |
13250 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
13251 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
13252 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
13253 The call should look like: | |
13254 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
13255 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
13256 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
13257 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
13258 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
13259 | |
13260 ;;;*** | |
13261 | |
13262 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
25998 | 13263 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800)) |
25876 | 13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
13265 | |
13266 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
13267 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
13268 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
13269 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
13270 | |
13271 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
13272 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
13273 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
13274 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
13275 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
13276 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
13277 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
13278 | |
13279 ;;;*** | |
13280 | |
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
25998 | 13282 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780)) |
25876 | 13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
13284 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
13285 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
13286 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
13287 | |
13288 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
13289 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
13290 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
13291 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
13292 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
13293 | |
13294 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
13295 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
13296 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
13297 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
13298 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
13299 | |
13300 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
13301 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
13302 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
13303 in the menu in two ways: | |
13304 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
13305 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
13306 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
13307 | |
13308 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
13309 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
13310 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
13311 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
13312 | |
13313 ;;;*** | |
13314 | |
25998 | 13315 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
13316 ;;;;;; (14268 20081)) | |
25876 | 13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
13318 | |
13319 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
13320 Mode for tooltip display. | |
13321 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
13322 | |
25998 | 13323 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
13324 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
13325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13326 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
13327 | |
13328 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13329 | |
13330 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
13331 | |
13332 ;;;*** | |
13333 | |
13334 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 | |
13335 ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
25876 | 13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
13337 | |
13338 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
13339 | |
13340 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
13341 | |
13342 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
13343 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
13344 | |
13345 ;;;*** | |
13346 | |
13347 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
25998 | 13348 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
25876 | 13349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
13350 | |
13351 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13352 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
13353 | |
13354 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13355 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
13356 | |
13357 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13358 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
13359 | |
13360 ;;;*** | |
13361 | |
25998 | 13362 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
13364 | |
13365 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
13366 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
13367 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
13368 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
13369 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
13370 | |
13371 ;;;*** | |
13372 | |
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
25998 | 13374 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440)) |
25876 | 13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
13376 | |
13377 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
13378 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
13379 | |
13380 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
13381 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
13382 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
13383 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
13384 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
13385 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
13386 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
13387 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
13388 | |
13389 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
13390 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
13391 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
13392 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
13393 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
13394 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
13395 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
13396 | |
13397 ;;;*** | |
13398 | |
13399 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
25998 | 13400 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
25876 | 13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
13402 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
13403 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
13404 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
13405 | |
13406 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
13407 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
13408 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
13409 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
13410 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
13411 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
13412 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
13413 | |
13414 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
13415 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
13416 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
13417 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
13418 | |
13419 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
13420 | |
13421 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
13422 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
13423 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
13424 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
13425 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
13426 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
13427 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
13428 | |
13429 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
13430 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
13431 | |
13432 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
13433 \\___/\\ | |
13434 / \\ | |
13435 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
13436 | |
13437 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
13438 | |
13439 ;;;*** | |
13440 | |
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
13442 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
13443 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
25998 | 13444 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029)) |
25876 | 13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
13446 | |
13447 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
13448 Toggle typing break mode. | |
13449 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
13450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13451 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
13452 | |
13453 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13454 | |
13455 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
13456 | |
13457 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
13458 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
13459 | |
13460 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
13461 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
13462 | |
13463 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
13464 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
13465 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
13466 | |
13467 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
13468 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
13469 | |
13470 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
13471 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
13472 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
13473 | |
13474 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
13475 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
13476 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
13477 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
13478 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
13479 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
13480 | |
13481 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
13482 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
13483 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
13484 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
13485 | |
13486 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
13487 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
13488 | |
13489 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
13490 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
13491 | |
13492 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
13493 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
13494 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
13495 | |
13496 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
13497 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
13498 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
13499 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
13500 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
13501 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
13502 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
13503 | |
13504 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
13505 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
13506 | |
13507 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
13508 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
13509 reset the keystroke counter. | |
13510 | |
13511 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
13512 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
13513 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
13514 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
13515 | |
13516 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
13517 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
13518 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
13519 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
13520 | |
13521 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
13522 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
13523 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
13524 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
13525 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
13526 or not to continue. | |
13527 | |
13528 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
13529 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
13530 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
13531 approximate good values for this. | |
13532 | |
13533 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
13534 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
13535 | |
13536 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
13537 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
13538 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
13539 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
13540 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
13541 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
13542 | |
13543 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
13544 a typing break occur. They include: | |
13545 | |
13546 `type-break-query-mode' | |
13547 `type-break-query-function' | |
13548 `type-break-query-interval' | |
13549 | |
13550 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
13551 | |
13552 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
13553 Take a typing break. | |
13554 | |
13555 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
13556 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
13557 | |
13558 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
13559 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
13560 | |
13561 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
13562 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
13563 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
13564 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
13565 | |
13566 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
13567 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
13568 | |
13569 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
13570 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
13571 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
13572 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
13573 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
13574 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
13575 average typing speed.) | |
13576 | |
13577 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
13578 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
13579 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
13580 the computed maximum threshold. | |
13581 | |
13582 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
13583 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
13584 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
13585 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
13586 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
13587 | |
13588 ;;;*** | |
13589 | |
13590 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 13591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 13592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
13593 | |
13594 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
13595 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
13596 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
13597 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
13598 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
13599 | |
13600 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
13601 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
13602 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
13603 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
13604 | |
13605 ;;;*** | |
13606 | |
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
25998 | 13608 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727)) |
25876 | 13609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
13610 | |
13611 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
13612 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
13613 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
13614 | |
13615 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
13616 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
13617 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
13618 following the containing message." t nil) | |
13619 | |
13620 ;;;*** | |
13621 | |
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 13623 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
13625 | |
13626 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
13627 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
13628 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
13629 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
13630 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
13631 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
13632 | |
13633 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
13634 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
13635 | |
13636 ;;;*** | |
13637 | |
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
25998 | 13639 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (13324 18702)) |
25876 | 13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
13641 | |
13642 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
13643 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
13644 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
13645 do (signal 'buffer-file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) | |
13646 to refrain from editing the file | |
13647 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
13648 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
13649 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
13650 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
13651 | |
13652 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
13653 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
13654 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
13655 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
13656 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
13657 | |
13658 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
13659 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
13660 | |
13661 ;;;*** | |
13662 | |
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
13664 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
13665 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge | |
13666 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
13667 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
13668 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14344 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
13669 ;;;;;; 1029)) |
25876 | 13670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
13671 | |
13672 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
13673 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
13674 See `run-hooks'.") | |
13675 | |
13676 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
13677 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. | |
13678 See `run-hooks'.") | |
13679 | |
13680 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\ | |
13681 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.") | |
13682 | |
13683 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
13684 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary. | |
13685 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string). | |
13686 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
13687 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
13688 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) | |
13689 | |
13690 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
13691 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT. | |
13692 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | |
13693 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
13694 | |
13695 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
13696 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
13697 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
13698 it will operate on the file in the current line. | |
13699 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
13700 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | |
13701 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
13702 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
13703 lock steals will raise an error. | |
13704 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
13705 | |
13706 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
13707 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
13708 control. | |
13709 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
13710 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
13711 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
13712 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
13713 it performs a revert. | |
13714 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
13715 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
13716 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
13717 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
13718 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
13719 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
13720 the option to steal the lock. | |
13721 | |
13722 For CVS files: | |
13723 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
13724 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
13725 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
13726 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
13727 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
13728 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
13729 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
13730 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
13731 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
13732 | |
13733 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
13734 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil) | |
13735 | |
13736 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
13737 Display diffs between file versions. | |
13738 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent | |
13739 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. | |
13740 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
13741 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
13742 | |
13743 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
13744 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
13745 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
13746 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
13747 | |
13748 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
13749 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
13750 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
13751 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil) | |
13752 | |
13753 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil) | |
13754 | |
13755 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
13756 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
13757 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
13758 | |
13759 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil) | |
13760 | |
13761 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
13762 Make a snapshot called NAME. | |
13763 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current | |
13764 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest | |
13765 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil) | |
13766 | |
13767 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
13768 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty. | |
13769 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below | |
13770 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are | |
13771 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME. | |
13772 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently | |
13773 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil) | |
13774 | |
13775 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
13776 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
13777 | |
13778 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
13779 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
13780 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
13781 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not | |
13782 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; | |
13783 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil) | |
13784 | |
13785 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
13786 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
13787 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) | |
13788 | |
13789 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
13790 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
13791 | |
13792 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
13793 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs. | |
13794 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | |
13795 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially. | |
13796 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log. | |
13797 | |
13798 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
13799 | |
13800 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
13801 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
13802 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
13803 | |
13804 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are | |
13805 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the | |
13806 default directory." t nil) | |
13807 | |
13808 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
13809 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors. | |
13810 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue. | |
13811 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale. | |
13812 | |
13813 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
13814 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
13815 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
13816 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
13817 | |
13818 ;;;*** | |
13819 | |
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | |
25998 | 13821 ;;;;;; (14177 58116)) |
25876 | 13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
13823 | |
13824 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
13825 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
13826 | |
13827 Usage: | |
13828 ------ | |
13829 | |
13830 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
13831 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
13832 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
13833 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
13834 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
13835 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
13836 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
13837 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
13838 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
13839 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
13840 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
13841 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
13842 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
13843 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
13844 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
13845 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
13846 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
13847 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
13848 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
13849 | |
13850 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
13851 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
13852 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
13853 | |
13854 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
13855 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
13856 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
13857 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
13858 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
13859 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
13860 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
13861 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
13862 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
13863 | |
13864 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
13865 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
13866 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
13867 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
13868 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
13869 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
13870 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
13871 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
13872 | |
13873 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
13874 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
13875 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
13876 | |
13877 - COMMENTS: | |
13878 `--' puts a single comment. | |
13879 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
13880 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
13881 comment in between. | |
13882 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
13883 following lines. | |
13884 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
13885 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
13886 | |
13887 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
13888 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
13889 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
13890 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
13891 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
13892 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
13893 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
13894 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
13895 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
13896 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
13897 multi-line comments. | |
13898 | |
13899 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
13900 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
13901 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
13902 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
13903 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
13904 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
13905 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
13906 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
13907 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
13908 | |
13909 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
13910 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
13911 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
13912 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
13913 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
13914 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
13915 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
13916 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
13917 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
13918 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
13919 | |
13920 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
13921 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
13922 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
13923 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
13924 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
13925 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
13926 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
13927 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
13928 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
13929 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
13930 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
13931 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
13932 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
13933 | |
13934 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
13935 | |
13936 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
13937 menu). | |
13938 | |
13939 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
13940 | |
13941 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
13942 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
13943 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
13944 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
13945 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
13946 | |
13947 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
13948 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
13949 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
13950 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
13951 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
13952 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
13953 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
13954 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
13955 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
13956 | |
13957 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
13958 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
13959 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
13960 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
13961 specified. | |
13962 | |
13963 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
13964 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
13965 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
13966 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
13967 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
13968 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
13969 | |
13970 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
13971 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
13972 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
13973 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
13974 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
13975 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
13976 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
13977 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
13978 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
13979 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
13980 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
13981 | |
13982 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
13983 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
13984 Math Packages. | |
13985 | |
13986 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
13987 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
13988 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
13989 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
13990 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
13991 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
13992 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
13993 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
13994 | |
13995 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
13996 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
13997 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
13998 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
13999 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
14000 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
14001 | |
14002 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
14003 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
14004 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
14005 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
14006 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
14007 | |
14008 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
14009 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
14010 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
14011 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
14012 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
14013 | |
14014 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
14015 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
14016 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
14017 | |
14018 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
14019 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
14020 is non-nil. | |
14021 | |
14022 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
14023 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
14024 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
14025 | |
14026 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
14027 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
14028 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
14029 | |
14030 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
14031 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
14032 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
14033 | |
14034 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
14035 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
14036 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
14037 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
14038 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
14039 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
14040 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
14041 | |
14042 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
14043 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
14044 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
14045 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
14046 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
14047 | |
14048 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
14049 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
14050 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
14051 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
14052 | |
14053 - HINTS: | |
14054 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
14055 | |
14056 | |
14057 Maintenance: | |
14058 ------------ | |
14059 | |
14060 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
14061 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
14062 | |
14063 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
14064 | |
14065 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
14066 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
14067 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
14068 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
14069 | |
14070 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
14071 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
14072 version and release notes can be found. | |
14073 | |
14074 | |
14075 Bugs and Limitations: | |
14076 --------------------- | |
14077 | |
14078 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
14079 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
14080 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
14081 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
14082 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
14083 does not work under XEmacs. | |
14084 | |
14085 | |
14086 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
14087 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
14088 | |
14089 Key bindings: | |
14090 ------------- | |
14091 | |
14092 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14093 | |
14094 ;;;*** | |
14095 | |
25998 | 14096 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 14097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
14098 | |
14099 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
14100 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
14101 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
14102 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
14103 | |
14104 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
14105 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
14106 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
14107 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
14108 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
14109 | |
14110 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
14111 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
14112 | |
14113 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
14114 | |
14115 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
14116 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
14117 not supported. | |
14118 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
14119 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
14120 | |
14121 * Modifications | |
14122 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
14123 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
14124 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
14125 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
14126 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
14127 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
14128 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
14129 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
14130 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
14131 | |
14132 * Extensions | |
14133 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
14134 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
14135 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
14136 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
14137 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
14138 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
14139 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
14140 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
14141 | |
14142 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
14143 | |
14144 ;;;*** | |
14145 | |
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
14147 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
14148 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char) | |
25998 | 14149 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275)) |
25876 | 14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
14151 | |
14152 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
14153 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
14154 | |
14155 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\ | |
14156 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil) | |
14157 | |
14158 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
14159 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
14160 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14161 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
14162 | |
14163 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
14164 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
14165 | |
14166 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
14167 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
14168 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14169 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
14170 | |
14171 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
14172 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
14173 | |
14174 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14175 | |
14176 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14177 | |
14178 ;;;*** | |
14179 | |
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
14181 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
25998 | 14182 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256 |
14183 ;;;;;; 21984)) | |
25876 | 14184 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
14185 | |
14186 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
14187 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
14188 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
14189 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
14190 | |
14191 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
14192 | |
14193 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
14194 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
14195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14196 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14197 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14199 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14200 | |
14201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14202 | |
14203 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
14204 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
14205 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
14206 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14207 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14208 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14209 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14210 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14211 | |
14212 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14213 | |
14214 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
14215 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
14216 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
14217 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14218 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14219 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14220 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14221 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14222 | |
14223 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14224 | |
14225 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
14226 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
14227 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14228 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14229 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14230 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14231 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14232 | |
14233 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14234 | |
14235 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14236 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14237 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14238 | |
14239 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
14240 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
14241 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
14242 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14243 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14244 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14246 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14247 | |
14248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14249 | |
14250 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14251 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14252 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14253 | |
14254 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
14255 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
14256 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
14257 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14258 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14259 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14260 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14261 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14262 | |
14263 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14264 | |
14265 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14266 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14267 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14268 | |
14269 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
14270 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
14271 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive. | |
14272 | |
14273 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
14274 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
14275 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
14276 read-only. | |
14277 \\<view-mode-map> | |
14278 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
14279 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
14280 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
14281 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
14282 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
14283 | |
14284 H, h, ? This message. | |
14285 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
14286 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
14287 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
14288 > move to the end of buffer. | |
14289 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
14290 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines. | |
14291 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines. | |
14292 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\". | |
14293 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\". | |
14294 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines. | |
14295 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines. | |
14296 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s). | |
14297 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s). | |
14298 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. | |
14299 Use this to view a changing file. | |
14300 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
14301 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
14302 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
14303 . set the mark. | |
14304 x exchanges point and mark. | |
14305 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
14306 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
14307 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
14308 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
14309 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
14310 s do forward incremental search. | |
14311 r do reverse incremental search. | |
14312 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
14313 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
14314 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
14315 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
14316 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
14317 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
14318 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
14319 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
14320 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
14321 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
14322 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
14323 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
14324 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
14325 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
14326 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
14327 | |
14328 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
14329 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file], | |
14330 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the | |
14331 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by | |
14332 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file, | |
14333 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return | |
14334 to that buffer. | |
14335 | |
14336 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14337 | |
14338 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
14339 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
14340 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
14341 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
14342 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
14343 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
14344 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
14345 | |
14346 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
14347 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
14348 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
14349 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
14350 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
14351 1) nil Do nothing. | |
14352 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
14353 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
14354 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
14355 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW. | |
14356 | |
14357 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14358 | |
14359 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
14360 | |
14361 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
14362 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
14363 | |
14364 ;;;*** | |
14365 | |
25998 | 14366 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
14368 | |
14369 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
14370 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
14371 | |
14372 ;;;*** | |
14373 | |
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
25998 | 14375 ;;;;;; (13691 18367)) |
25876 | 14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
14377 | |
14378 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
14379 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
14380 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) | |
14381 | |
14382 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
14383 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
14384 | |
14385 ;;;*** | |
14386 | |
25998 | 14387 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
25876 | 14388 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el |
14389 | |
14390 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
14391 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
14392 | |
14393 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
14394 hotlist. | |
14395 | |
14396 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
14397 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
14398 | |
14399 ;;;*** | |
14400 | |
14401 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
25998 | 14402 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928)) |
25876 | 14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
14404 | |
14405 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
14406 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
14407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14408 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
14409 | |
14410 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14411 | |
14412 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
14413 | |
14414 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
14415 | |
14416 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
14417 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
14418 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
14419 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
14420 | |
14421 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
14422 and off otherwise." t nil) | |
14423 | |
14424 ;;;*** | |
14425 | |
25998 | 14426 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region |
14427 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" | |
14428 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14304 12245)) | |
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el | |
14430 | |
14431 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
14432 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer: | |
14433 | |
14434 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
14435 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
14436 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
14437 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
14438 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
14439 | |
14440 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
14441 and: | |
14442 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
14443 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
14444 | |
14445 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
14446 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil) | |
14447 | |
14448 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
14449 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
14450 | |
14451 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
14452 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
14453 | |
14454 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
14455 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil) | |
14456 | |
14457 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
14458 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
14459 | |
14460 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
14461 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
14462 | |
14463 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
14464 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
14465 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
14466 replaced with TABS). | |
14467 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
14468 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
14469 | |
14470 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
14471 | |
14472 Modeline will show a W:<x> to denote a particular type of whitespace, where | |
14473 `x' can be one (or more) of: | |
14474 | |
14475 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
14476 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
14477 l - Leading whitespace. | |
14478 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
14479 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
14480 | |
14481 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
14482 Woff:<x>, where `x' can be one (or more) of the above. | |
14483 | |
14484 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
14485 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
14486 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost | |
14487 always they default to 8.) | |
14488 | |
14489 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to | |
14490 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or | |
14491 even print it. | |
14492 | |
14493 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
14494 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
14495 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these | |
14496 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
14497 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
14498 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between | |
14499 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
14500 to set smarttab.) | |
14501 | |
14502 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
14503 merge problems. | |
14504 | |
14505 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
14506 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any | |
14507 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil) | |
14508 | |
14509 ;;;*** | |
14510 | |
25876 | 14511 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
25998 | 14512 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813)) |
25876 | 14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
14514 | |
14515 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14516 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
14517 | |
14518 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14519 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
14520 | |
14521 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14522 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
14523 | |
14524 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14525 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
14526 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
14527 | |
14528 ;;;*** | |
14529 | |
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
25998 | 14531 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14301 537)) |
25876 | 14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
14533 | |
14534 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
14535 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
14536 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
14537 | |
14538 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
14539 Create widget of TYPE. | |
14540 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) | |
14541 | |
14542 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
14543 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
14544 | |
14545 ;;;*** | |
14546 | |
14547 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" | |
25998 | 14548 ;;;;;; (14304 12320)) |
25876 | 14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
14550 | |
14551 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
14552 Toggle winner-mode. | |
14553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14554 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
14555 | |
14556 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14557 | |
14558 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
14559 | |
14560 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
14561 Toggle Winner mode. | |
14562 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
14563 | |
14564 ;;;*** | |
14565 | |
14566 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" | |
25998 | 14567 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
14569 | |
14570 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
14571 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
14572 | |
14573 BUGS: | |
14574 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
14575 are not implemented | |
14576 - Options for search and replace | |
14577 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
14578 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
14579 | |
14580 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
14581 Emacs-like. | |
14582 | |
14583 The key bindings are: | |
14584 | |
14585 C-a backward-word | |
14586 C-b fill-paragraph | |
14587 C-c scroll-up-line | |
14588 C-d forward-char | |
14589 C-e previous-line | |
14590 C-f forward-word | |
14591 C-g delete-char | |
14592 C-h backward-char | |
14593 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
14594 C-j help-for-help | |
14595 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
14596 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
14597 C-n open-line | |
14598 C-p quoted-insert | |
14599 C-r scroll-down-line | |
14600 C-s backward-char | |
14601 C-t kill-word | |
14602 C-u keyboard-quit | |
14603 C-v overwrite-mode | |
14604 C-w scroll-down | |
14605 C-x next-line | |
14606 C-y kill-complete-line | |
14607 C-z scroll-up | |
14608 | |
14609 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
14610 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
14611 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
14612 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
14613 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
14614 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
14615 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
14616 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
14617 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
14618 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
14619 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
14620 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
14621 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
14622 C-k f find-file | |
14623 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
14624 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
14625 C-k k ws-end-block | |
14626 C-k p ws-print-block | |
14627 C-k q kill-emacs | |
14628 C-k r insert-file | |
14629 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
14630 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
14631 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
14632 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
14633 C-k v ws-move-block | |
14634 C-k w ws-write-block | |
14635 C-k x kill-emacs | |
14636 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
14637 | |
14638 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
14639 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
14640 C-o j justify-current-line | |
14641 C-o k kill-buffer | |
14642 C-o l list-buffers | |
14643 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
14644 C-o r set-fill-column | |
14645 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
14646 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
14647 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
14648 C-o wo other-window | |
14649 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
14650 | |
14651 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
14652 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
14653 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
14654 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
14655 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
14656 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
14657 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
14658 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
14659 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
14660 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
14661 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
14662 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
14663 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
14664 C-q d end-of-line | |
14665 C-q f ws-search | |
14666 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
14667 C-q l ws-undo | |
14668 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
14669 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
14670 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
14671 C-q w ws-last-error | |
14672 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
14673 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
14674 " t nil) | |
14675 | |
14676 ;;;*** | |
14677 | |
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929 | |
14679 ;;;;;; 31262)) | |
14680 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el | |
14681 | |
14682 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
14683 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
14684 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
14685 | |
14686 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
14687 | |
14688 ;;;*** | |
14689 | |
14690 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25998 | 14691 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571)) |
25876 | 14692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
14693 | |
14694 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
14695 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
14696 | |
14697 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
14698 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
14699 | |
14700 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
14701 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
14702 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
14703 | |
14704 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
14705 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
14706 | |
14707 ;;;*** | |
14708 | |
14709 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | |
25998 | 14710 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
25876 | 14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el |
14712 | |
14713 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
14714 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
14715 | |
25998 | 14716 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
14717 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
14718 | |
14719 Zone-mode does two things: | |
14720 | |
14721 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
14722 when saving the file | |
14723 | |
14724 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 14725 |
14726 ;;;*** | |
14727 | |
14728 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated | |
14729 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely. | |
14730 ;;; Local Variables: | |
14731 ;;; version-control: never | |
14732 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
14733 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
14734 ;;; End: | |
14735 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |